TWI834628B - Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same - Google Patents

Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI834628B
TWI834628B TW107146703A TW107146703A TWI834628B TW I834628 B TWI834628 B TW I834628B TW 107146703 A TW107146703 A TW 107146703A TW 107146703 A TW107146703 A TW 107146703A TW I834628 B TWI834628 B TW I834628B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
polishing
grinding
eddy current
coil
detection
Prior art date
Application number
TW107146703A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201932788A (en
Inventor
高橋太郎
澁江宏明
渡辺和英
Original Assignee
日商荏原製作所股份有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2018195990A external-priority patent/JP7244250B2/en
Application filed by 日商荏原製作所股份有限公司 filed Critical 日商荏原製作所股份有限公司
Publication of TW201932788A publication Critical patent/TW201932788A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI834628B publication Critical patent/TWI834628B/en

Links

Abstract

提供一種使形成於被研磨物的磁場更強的磁性元件以及使用該磁性元件的渦電流式檢測器。渦電流式檢測器具有:作為磁性體的底面部、設於底面部的中央的磁心部、設於底面部的周邊部的周壁部。渦電流式檢測器另外還具有配置在磁心部的外周,能夠產生磁場的勵磁線圈;及配置於周壁部的外周,能夠產生磁場的勵磁線圈。 Provided are a magnetic element that makes a magnetic field formed on an object to be polished stronger and an eddy current detector using the magnetic element. The eddy current detector has a bottom portion that is a magnetic body, a magnetic core portion provided at the center of the bottom portion, and a peripheral wall portion provided at a peripheral portion of the bottom portion. The eddy current detector also has an excitation coil arranged on the outer periphery of the magnetic core part and capable of generating a magnetic field; and an excitation coil arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral wall part capable of generating a magnetic field.

Description

磁性元件、及使用該磁性元件之渦電流式檢測器 Magnetic components, and eddy current detectors using the magnetic components

本發明關於磁性元件以及使用該磁性元件的渦電流式檢測器。The present invention relates to a magnetic element and an eddy current detector using the magnetic element.

近年來,隨著半導體元件的高集成化的進步,電路的配線逐漸細微化,配線間距離也變得更窄。在此,需要使作為被研磨物的半導體晶圓的表面平坦化,而作為該平坦化法的一個方法,則藉由研磨裝置進行研磨(拋光)。In recent years, with the advancement of high-level integration of semiconductor devices, circuit wiring has become increasingly finer, and the distance between wirings has become narrower. Here, it is necessary to flatten the surface of the semiconductor wafer as the object to be polished, and as one method of this flattening method, grinding (polishing) is performed with a grinding device.

研磨裝置具有:用於保持用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊之研磨台、用於保持被研磨物並按壓至研磨墊之頂環。研磨台和頂環分別藉由驅動部(例如馬達)而旋轉驅動。藉由使含有研磨劑的液體(漿料)在研磨墊上流動,並將被頂環保持的被研磨物按抵至此,而研磨被研磨物。The polishing device includes a polishing table for holding a polishing pad for polishing an object to be polished, and a top ring for holding the object to be polished and pressing it against the polishing pad. The grinding table and the top ring are respectively driven to rotate by a driving part (such as a motor). The object to be polished is polished by causing the liquid (slurry) containing the abrasive to flow on the polishing pad and pressing the object to be polished held by the top ring against it.

在研磨裝置中,當被研磨物的研磨不充分,則電路間不絕緣,而產生短路之疑慮,另外,在過度研磨的情況下,會產生由於配線的截面積減少而導致的阻值上升,或配線本身被完全除去,而不能形成電路本身等問題。因此,在研磨裝置中,需要檢測最佳研磨終點。In a polishing device, if the object is not polished sufficiently, the circuits will not be insulated, and short circuits may occur. In addition, if the object is polished excessively, the cross-sectional area of the wiring will decrease, resulting in an increase in resistance, or the wiring itself will be completely removed, and the circuit itself cannot be formed. Therefore, in a polishing device, it is necessary to detect the optimal polishing end point.

作為如上所述的技術,有日本特開2017-58245號記載的結構。在該技術中,為了檢測研磨終點而使用渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器使用了所謂罐型的線圈。 [先前技術文獻] [專利文獻]As the technology described above, there is a structure described in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2017-58245. In this technology, an eddy current detector using a so-called can-type coil is used to detect the polishing end point. [Prior art documents] [Patent documents]

[專利文獻1] 特開2017-58245號[Patent Document 1] Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2017-58245

[發明要解決的課題][Problem to be solved by the invention]

在被研磨物的表面,有金屬以較寬面狀(團塊狀)分佈的情況和銅等細配線在表面局部地存在的情況。在表面局部地存在的情況下,要求將在被研磨物流動的渦電流密度變得比金屬以較寬面狀分佈的情況大,即,渦電流式檢測器將在被研磨物形成的磁場變得更強。On the surface of the object to be polished, metal may be distributed in a broad surface (lump shape) or fine wiring such as copper may be locally present on the surface. When the surface exists locally, it is required that the eddy current density flowing through the object to be polished becomes larger than when the metal is distributed in a wide plane. That is, the eddy current detector will change the magnetic field formed by the object to be polished. Be stronger.

本發明的一方式係為了解決上述問題點,其目的在於提供一種將於被研磨物的磁場變得更強的磁性元件以及使用該磁性元件的渦電流式檢測器。 [用於解決課題的手段]One aspect of the present invention is to solve the above-mentioned problems, and an object thereof is to provide a magnetic element that makes the magnetic field of an object to be polished stronger and an eddy current detector using the magnetic element. [Means used to solve problems]

為了解決上述課題,在第1方式中,採用一種磁性元件,其特徵在於具有:底部磁性體;中央磁性體,該中央磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的中央;周邊部磁性體,該周邊部磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部;內部線圈,該內部線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場;以及外部線圈,該外部線圈配置在所述周邊部磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場。In order to solve the above problem, in a first aspect, a magnetic element is used, which is characterized by having: a bottom magnetic body; a central magnetic body provided in the center of the bottom magnetic body; and a peripheral magnetic body. A magnetic body is provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body; an inner coil is disposed on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and is capable of generating a magnetic field; and an outer coil is disposed on the peripheral magnetic body. of the outer circumference and can generate a magnetic field.

在本實施方式中,具有配置在周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈。因此,以往僅只有配置在中央磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的內部線圈,而根據本實施方式,能夠比以往更強化磁場。In this embodiment, there is an external coil arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and capable of generating a magnetic field. Therefore, conventionally, only the inner coil capable of generating a magnetic field is arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body. However, according to this embodiment, the magnetic field can be strengthened more than conventionally.

在第2方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述底部磁性體具有柱狀的形狀,所述周邊部磁性體配置在所述柱狀的形狀的兩端。磁性元件例如能夠是E型的線圈。A second aspect uses the magnetic element according to the first aspect, wherein the bottom magnetic body has a columnar shape, and the peripheral magnetic bodies are arranged at both ends of the columnar shape. The magnetic element can be an E-shaped coil, for example.

在第3方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體在所述底部磁性體的周邊部設置複數個。周邊部磁性體的數量可以是兩個,三個,四個,六個等,可以是多極線圈。A third aspect is the magnetic element according to the first aspect, characterized in that a plurality of the peripheral magnetic bodies are provided in a peripheral part of the bottom magnetic body. The number of peripheral magnetic bodies can be two, three, four, six, etc., and it can be a multi-pole coil.

在第4方式中,採用第1方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體是設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部的壁部,來包圍所述中央磁性體。周邊部磁性體可以是圓筒形、四邊形的筒形狀等。這些形狀與以往的罐型的線圈的形狀相同。但是,在以往的罐型的線圈中,不存在配置在周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈。因此,第4方式能夠比以往的罐型的線圈相更強化磁場。A fourth aspect uses the magnetic element according to the first aspect, wherein the peripheral magnetic body is a wall provided at a peripheral part of the bottom magnetic body and surrounds the central magnetic body. The peripheral magnetic body may have a cylindrical shape, a quadrangular cylindrical shape, or the like. These shapes are the same as those of conventional can-type coils. However, in the conventional can-shaped coil, there is no external coil that is arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and can generate a magnetic field. Therefore, the fourth aspect can strengthen the magnetic field more than the conventional pot-shaped coil phase.

在第5方式中,採用第1方式至第4方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈能夠電並聯連接。A fifth aspect is the magnetic element according to any one of the first to fourth aspects, wherein the inner coil and the outer coil are electrically connected in parallel.

在第6方式中,採用第1方式至第5方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向與所述外部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向可相同。In a sixth aspect, the magnetic element according to any one of the first to fifth aspects is used, wherein the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the central magnetic body is consistent with the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the central magnetic body. The directions of the magnetic fields generated within the central magnetic body can be the same.

在第7方式中,採用第1方式至第6方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。A seventh aspect is the magnetic element according to any one of the first to sixth aspects, characterized by having a detection coil arranged on the outer periphery and/or the peripheral portion of the central magnetic body. The outer periphery of the magnetic body can detect magnetic fields.

在第8方式中,採用第7方式記載的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有虛擬線圈,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。An eighth aspect is a magnetic element according to the seventh aspect, characterized by having a dummy coil arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and/or the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and capable of detecting a magnetic field.

在第9方式中,採用第1方式至第6方式中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈和虛擬線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。根據本實施方式有以下效果。有時在周邊部磁性體的外周檢測線圈、虛擬線圈並非必須。例如,有時不在周邊部磁性體設置檢測線圈以及虛擬線圈,而藉由使用磁性元件,希望將藉由由外部線圈和內部線圈產生的渦電流而產生的交鏈磁通的取得範圍限定。即,有時希望限定在藉由配置在中央磁性體的外周的檢測線圈和虛擬線圈所能夠取得的交鏈磁通的範圍。A ninth aspect is the magnetic element according to any one of the first to sixth aspects, characterized by having a detection coil and a dummy coil, the detection coil being arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and capable of detecting a magnetic field. , the virtual coil is arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and can detect the magnetic field. This embodiment has the following effects. Sometimes it is not necessary to provide a detection coil or a dummy coil on the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body. For example, it may be desirable to limit the acquisition range of the interlinkage flux generated by the eddy current generated by the outer coil and the inner coil by using a magnetic element instead of providing a detection coil and a dummy coil on the peripheral magnetic body. That is, sometimes it is desired to limit the range of the interlinkage magnetic flux that can be obtained by the detection coil and the dummy coil arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body.

在第10方式中,採用渦電流式檢測器,其特徵在於具有第7方式至第9方式中任一項所述的磁性元件。A tenth aspect uses an eddy current detector, characterized by having the magnetic element according to any one of the seventh to ninth aspects.

在第11方式中,採用研磨裝置,其具有:研磨台,用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如申請專利範圍第項第10方式所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,藉由所述檢測線圈能夠檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流;以及終點檢測部,該終點檢測部能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點。In the eleventh aspect, a polishing device is used, which has: a polishing table, to which a polishing pad for grinding an object to be polished can be attached; a driving part capable of driving the polishing table to rotate; and a holding part, The holding part can hold the object to be polished and press it against the polishing pad; as in the eddy current detector described in the tenth aspect of the patent application, the eddy current detector is arranged inside the polishing table. , the detection coil can detect the eddy current formed in the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil as the grinding table rotates; and an end point detection part, the end point detection part can The detection of the polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing of the object to be polished is based on the detected eddy current.

在第12方式中,採用第11方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部從所述檢測出的所述渦電流決定所述被研磨物的研磨速率,計算在以所述研磨速率對所述被研磨物進行研磨時的預期研磨量,從而能夠檢測所述研磨終點。In a twelfth aspect, the polishing device according to the eleventh aspect is adopted, wherein the end point detection unit determines the polishing rate of the object to be polished based on the detected eddy current, and calculates the polishing rate based on the polishing rate. The expected grinding amount when grinding the object to be grinded, so that the grinding end point can be detected.

在第13方式中,採用第12方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部比較從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的資料和與從所述研磨速率預測的膜厚相關的資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,能夠不使用與從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的所述資料。A thirteenth aspect is the polishing device according to the twelfth aspect, wherein the end point detection unit compares data on the film thickness obtained from the eddy current with data on the film thickness predicted from the polishing rate. , when the comparison result is larger than the specified value, the data related to the film thickness obtained from the eddy current may not be used.

在第14方式中,採用第12方式或第13方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部能夠從所述預期研磨量以及與對應於所述研磨終點的膜厚相關的閾值檢測所述研磨終點。A fourteenth aspect is the polishing device according to the twelfth aspect or the thirteenth aspect, wherein the end point detection unit is capable of detecting the desired polishing amount and a threshold value related to a film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point. The grinding end point.

在第15方式中,採用一種研磨方法,該研磨方法為在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有:藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟;旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟;旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟;在所述研磨台的內部配置第10方式的渦電流式檢測器,藉由所述檢測線圈檢測伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟;從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In a fifteenth aspect, a polishing method is adopted, which polishing method is a polishing method in which polishing is performed between a polishing pad and an object to be polished that is disposed facing the polishing pad, and is characterized in that the polishing method is held by a polishing table. The step of polishing the pad; the step of rotationally driving the polishing table; the step of rotationally driving the holding portion for holding the object to be polished and pressing it against the polishing pad; arranging the vortex of the tenth mode inside the polishing table. A current-type detector uses the detection coil to detect the eddy current formed in the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil as the grinding table rotates; from the detected eddy current The eddy current detection is a step in which the polishing end point indicates the completion of polishing of the object to be polished.

在第16方式中,採用第15方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述被研磨物的導電性發生變化時改變所述內部線圈及/或所述外部線圈產生的磁場的強度。A sixteenth aspect uses the polishing method according to the fifteenth aspect, characterized in that the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil and/or the outer coil is changed when the electrical conductivity of the object to be polished changes.

在第17方式中,採用第15或第16方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述研磨台的內部配置有複數個第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器,所述複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。In a seventeenth aspect, the polishing method according to the fifteenth or sixteenth aspect is used, characterized in that a plurality of eddy current detectors according to the tenth aspect are arranged inside the polishing table, and the plurality of eddy current detectors are arranged inside the polishing table. The detection sensitivities of detectors vary from one another.

在第18方式中,採用一種電腦可讀取記錄媒體,該電腦可讀取記錄媒體記錄有用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用的程式,所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,所述研磨裝置具有:研磨台,用於研磨所述被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,能夠藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,所述終點檢測部手段能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點,所述控制手段控制由所述研磨裝置進行的研磨。In the eighteenth aspect, a computer-readable recording medium is used, and the computer-readable recording medium records a program for causing a computer to function as the end point detection means and the control means for controlling the grinding of the object. A grinding device for performing grinding, the grinding device having: a grinding table, to which a grinding pad for grinding the object to be polished can be attached; a driving part capable of driving the grinding table to rotate; and a holding part , the holding part can hold the object to be polished and press it against the polishing pad; as the eddy current detector according to the tenth aspect, the eddy current detector is arranged inside the polishing table and can be The detection coil detects the eddy current formed on the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil as the grinding table rotates, and the end point detection unit can detect the eddy current from the detected eddy current. The eddy current detection indicates the polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing of the object to be polished, and the control means controls the polishing by the polishing device.

在第19方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式中任一所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,其特徵在於所述研磨裝置具有:光學系統,所述光學系統通過設於所述研磨墊的貫通孔,藉由光纖向所述被研磨物的被研磨面照射光,使被反射的反射光藉由光纖收光;以及被研磨物膜厚監測裝置,所述被研磨物膜厚監測裝置設置有對由該光學系統接收的反射光進行分析處理的分析處理手段,以該分析處理手段對所述反射光進行分析處理,監測形成於被研磨物的被研磨面上的薄膜的研磨進行狀況,所述研磨裝置在所述研磨台設有供給透明液體至設於所述研磨墊的貫通孔的供液孔,該供液孔配置形成來讓從該供液孔供給的透明液體形成相對於所述被研磨物的被研磨面垂直行進的流且充滿所述貫通孔,所述光纖配置來讓照射光以及反射光通過相對於該被研磨面垂直行進的流部分的透明液體,且設置有排出所述貫通孔的透明液體的排液孔,該排液孔相對於所述供液孔位於所述研磨台的移動方向後方,並在所述貫通孔的所述被研磨物相反側的端面開口。A 19th aspect is the polishing device according to any one of the 11th to 14th aspects, characterized in that the polishing device has an optical system, and the optical system passes through a lens provided on the polishing pad. a through hole, which irradiates light to the polished surface of the polished object through an optical fiber, so that the reflected light is collected by the optical fiber; and a film thickness monitoring device of the polished object, where the film thickness monitoring device of the polished object is provided There is an analysis and processing means for analyzing and processing the reflected light received by the optical system, and the analysis and processing means is used to analyze and process the reflected light, and monitor the polishing progress of the thin film formed on the polished surface of the object to be polished, The polishing device is provided with a liquid supply hole on the polishing table that supplies a transparent liquid to a through hole provided on the polishing pad. The liquid supply hole is arranged and formed so that the transparent liquid supplied from the liquid supply hole forms an angle relative to the polishing pad. The flow that travels perpendicularly to the polished surface of the object to be polished fills the through hole, and the optical fiber is configured to allow irradiation light and reflected light to pass through the transparent liquid in the flow portion that travels perpendicularly to the polished surface, and is provided with a discharge The transparent liquid drain hole of the through hole is located behind the movement direction of the polishing table with respect to the liquid supply hole, and is open at the end surface of the through hole opposite to the object to be polished .

在第20方式中,採用第19方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於連結所述供液孔的中心與所述排液孔的中心的線段的中點位於比所述貫通孔的中心點更位在所述研磨台的移動方向的前方。A twentieth aspect is the polishing device according to the nineteenth aspect, wherein the midpoint of the line segment connecting the center of the liquid supply hole and the center of the drain hole is located further than the center point of the through hole. In front of the moving direction of the grinding table.

在第21方式中,採用第19方式或第20方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述貫通孔的截面為大致長圓狀的孔,來讓其端面外周包圍所述供液孔和排液孔的端面。A 21st aspect is the polishing device according to the 19th or 20th aspect, wherein the cross-section of the through-hole is a substantially elliptical hole, and the outer periphery of the end surface surrounds the liquid supply hole and the liquid discharge hole. end face.

在第22方式中,採用第19方式至第21方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於設置強制排液機構,並以該強制排液機構從所述排液孔強制排液。A 22nd aspect is the polishing device according to any one of the 19th to 21st aspects, characterized in that a forced draining mechanism is provided, and liquid is forcedly drained from the drain hole by the forced draining mechanism.

在第23方式中,採用第15方式至第17方式中任一所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有透光液噴嘴和配置來在該透光液噴嘴的外周部包圍該透光液噴嘴的透光液接收部,藉由從所述透光液噴嘴使柱狀的透光液流與被研磨物的被研磨面抵接,並且以所述透光液接收部接收該透光液流,形成所述透光液噴嘴內的透光液與所述透光液接收部內的透光液連通並且從外部被密封的狀態的透光液流,藉由光學系統通過所述透光液流並照射光至所述被研磨物的被研磨面,並且以該光學系統接收通過該透光液流而被所述被研磨物的被研磨面反射的反射光,從該接收的反射光強度測定該被研磨面的膜厚。In a 23rd aspect, the polishing method according to any one of the 15th to 17th aspects is adopted, characterized by having a light-transmitting liquid nozzle and a device arranged to surround the light-transmitting liquid nozzle at an outer peripheral portion of the light-transmitting liquid nozzle. The light-transmitting liquid receiving part brings the columnar light-transmitting liquid flow from the light-transmitting liquid nozzle into contact with the polished surface of the object to be polished, and receives the light-transmitting liquid flow with the light-transmitting liquid receiving part, The light-transmitting liquid flow in a state in which the light-transmitting liquid in the light-transmitting liquid nozzle communicates with the light-transmitting liquid in the light-transmitting liquid receiving part and is sealed from the outside is passed through the light-transmitting liquid flow through the optical system and is Irradiate light to the polished surface of the polished object, and use the optical system to receive the reflected light reflected by the polished surface of the polished object through the light-transmitting liquid flow, and measure the intensity of the received reflected light from the received reflected light. The film thickness of the surface being ground.

在第24方式中,採用第23方式記載的研磨方法,其特徵在於所述光學系統至少具有一根光纖,將該光纖的前端部插入所述透光液流,通過該光纖以及透光液流照射光至所述被研磨物的被研磨面,並且通過該透光液流以及光纖而讓被該被研磨面反射的反射光收光。In a 24th aspect, the polishing method according to the 23rd aspect is used, characterized in that the optical system has at least one optical fiber, and the front end of the optical fiber is inserted into the light-transmitting liquid flow, and the light-transmitting liquid flow passes through the optical fiber and the light-transmitting liquid flow. Light is irradiated to the polished surface of the polished object, and the reflected light reflected by the polished surface is collected through the light-transmitting liquid flow and the optical fiber.

在第25方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式以及第19方式至第22方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有複數個處理區域和搬運區域,前述處理區域將實施了遮光處理的複數個處理單元上下配置地收納於內部,所述搬運區域收納搬運機於內部,而設置在所述處理區域之間,在所述處理區域與所述搬運區域之間以遮光壁遮光,而所述搬運區域的前面以維護用門遮光,所述處理單元在所述遮光壁以遮光狀態連結。In a 25th aspect, the polishing device according to any one of the 11th to 14th aspects and the 19th to 22nd aspects is used, which is characterized in that it has a plurality of processing areas and transfer areas, and the processing areas are implemented A plurality of processing units for light-shielding processing are stored inside in a vertical arrangement. The transport area accommodates a transport machine inside and is disposed between the processing areas. A light-shielding wall is provided between the processing area and the transport area to block light. , and the front of the transportation area is shielded from light by a maintenance door, and the processing unit is connected to the light-shielding wall in a light-shielding state.

在第26方式中,採用第25方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於在所述處理單元設有具有開閉自如的閘門的基板插入口,在所述遮光壁設有圍繞所述被研磨物插入口的周圍的遮光膜,在所述遮光壁被所述遮光膜包圍的區域內設有開口部。A twenty-sixth aspect is the polishing device according to the twenty-fifth aspect, wherein the processing unit is provided with a substrate insertion port having an openable and closable shutter, and the light-shielding wall is provided with a substrate insertion port surrounding the object to be polished The surrounding light-shielding film is provided with an opening in the area where the light-shielding wall is surrounded by the light-shielding film.

在第27方式中,採用第25方式或第26方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述處理區域為清洗區域,被研磨物的處理為被研磨物的清洗。A twenty-seventh aspect is a polishing device according to the twenty-fifth or twenty-sixth aspect, characterized in that the processing area is a cleaning area, and the processing of the object to be polished is cleaning of the object to be polished.

在第28方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,以及第25方式至第27方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述研磨裝置具有:對所述被研磨物進行研磨的研磨部;清洗並乾燥所述被研磨物的清洗部;使所述研磨部與所述清洗部之間分離的分隔壁;經由所述分隔壁的開口將研磨後的所述被研磨物從所述研磨部搬運往所述清洗部的搬運機構;及具有側壁並在內部收納所述研磨部、所述清洗部、所述搬運機構的殼體,所述清洗部具有:藉由清洗液清洗研磨後的所述被研磨物的清洗手段;使清洗後的所述被研磨物乾燥的乾燥手段;及能夠在所述清洗手段與乾燥手段間水平以及升降自如地交接所述被研磨物的搬運手段,所述研磨部具有所述研磨台、所述保持部、所述驅動部、所述渦電流式檢測器、所述終點檢測部。此外,美國專利第5885138號藉由引用整體組入本說明書中。In the 28th aspect, the grinding device according to any one of the 11th to 14th aspects, the 19th to 22nd aspects, and the 25th to 27th aspects is used, wherein the grinding device has : a polishing section that polishes the object to be polished; a cleaning section that cleans and dries the object to be polished; a partition wall that separates the polishing section and the cleaning section; and an opening in the partition wall that separates the object. a transport mechanism that transports the polished object from the polishing section to the cleaning section; and a housing that has a side wall and accommodates the polishing section, the cleaning section, and the transport mechanism inside, The cleaning part has: a cleaning means for cleaning the polished object with a cleaning liquid; a drying means for drying the cleaned object to be polished; and a device that can freely move horizontally and vertically between the cleaning means and the drying means. The conveying means for handing over the object to be polished is provided, and the polishing part includes the polishing table, the holding part, the driving part, the eddy current detector, and the end point detection part. Additionally, U.S. Patent No. 5,885,138 is incorporated by reference into this specification in its entirety.

在第29方式中,採用第15~17、23、以及24方式中任一所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在使用了研磨裝置的所述研磨方法中,所述研磨裝置具有:對所述被研磨物進行研磨的研磨部;清洗並乾燥所述被研磨物的清洗部;將所述研磨部與所述清洗部之間分離的分隔壁;經由所述分隔壁的開口將研磨後的所述被研磨物從所述研磨部搬運往所述清洗部的搬運單元;及具有側壁並在內部收納所述研磨部、所述清洗部、所述搬運單元的殼體,在所述清洗部中,藉由清洗液清洗研磨後的所述被研磨物,使清洗後的所述被研磨物乾燥,在該清洗工序與該乾燥工序之間水平以及升降自如地進行所述被研磨物的交接,並搬運所述被研磨物。In a 29th aspect, the polishing method according to any one of the 15th to 17th, 23rd and 24th aspects is used, characterized in that in the polishing method using a polishing device, the polishing device has: The polishing part for grinding the object to be polished; the cleaning part for cleaning and drying the object to be polished; the partition wall that separates the grinding part and the cleaning part; and all grinding parts are ground through the opening of the partition wall. a transport unit that transports the object to be polished from the polishing section to the cleaning section; and a housing that has a side wall and accommodates the polishing section, the cleaning section, and the transport unit inside, in the cleaning section , cleaning the polished object with a cleaning liquid, drying the cleaned object, and transferring the polished object horizontally and vertically between the cleaning step and the drying step, and transport the object to be ground.

在第30方式中,採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,以及第25方式至第28方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,具有向所述被研磨物打光,測量來自所述被研磨物的反射光的強度的光學式檢測器,基於所述渦電流和所述光學式檢測器測量到的來自所述被研磨物的反射光的強度,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。In the 30th aspect, the grinding device according to any one of the 11th to 14th aspects, the 19th to 22nd aspects, and the 25th to 28th aspects is used, and has the method of applying the polishing device to the object. Polishing the abrasive object, an optical detector that measures the intensity of the reflected light from the object to be abraded, based on the eddy current and the intensity of the reflected light from the object to be abraded measured by the optical detector, The grinding end point indicating the end of said grinding is detected.

在第31方式中,採用第30方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有在研磨時能夠與所述被研磨物相對的、組入所述研磨台內的位置的視窗,在所述視窗的下部配置有所述光學式檢測器。In a 31st aspect, the grinding device according to the 30th aspect is adopted, characterized in that it has a viewing window incorporated into the polishing table at a position that can face the object to be polished during polishing, and is located at a lower part of the viewing window. equipped with the optical detector.

在第32方式中,採用第30方式記載的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述研磨台具有在研磨時能夠與所述被研磨物相對的、配置在所述研磨台內的位置的開口,所述光學式檢測器配置在所述視窗的下部,所述光學式檢測器具有將清洗用的流體供給至所述開口內的流體供給部。In a 32nd aspect, the grinding device according to the 30th aspect is adopted, wherein the grinding table has an opening disposed at a position in the grinding table that can face the object to be polished during grinding, and the An optical detector is disposed at a lower portion of the window, and has a fluid supply portion for supplying a cleaning fluid into the opening.

在第33方式中,在採用第11方式至第14方式,以及第19方式至第22方式,第25方式至第28方式,以及第30方式至第32方式中任一項所述的研磨裝置的基礎上,所述渦電流式檢測器在所述被研磨物產生磁場,並檢測所產生的所述磁場的強度,另外,研磨裝置具有:用於旋轉驅動所述保持部的第二電動機;用於保持所述保持部的擺動臂;用於使所述擺動臂繞所述擺動臂上的擺動中心擺動的第三電動機;檢測所述驅動部(第一電動機)以及所述第二電動機、第三電動機中的一個電動機的電流值及/或所述一個電動機的轉矩指令值,從而產生第一輸出的檢測部,基於所述第一輸出和所述渦電流式檢測器測量出的所述磁場的強度,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。In the 33rd aspect, the grinding device according to any one of the 11th aspect to the 14th aspect, the 19th aspect to the 22nd aspect, the 25th aspect to the 28th aspect, and the 30th aspect to the 32nd aspect is used. On the basis of the above, the eddy current detector generates a magnetic field on the object to be ground and detects the intensity of the generated magnetic field. In addition, the grinding device has: a second motor for rotationally driving the holding part; a swing arm for holding the holding part; a third motor for swinging the swing arm around a swing center on the swing arm; detecting the drive part (first motor) and the second motor, The detection unit generates a first output based on the current value of one of the third motors and/or the torque command value of the one motor, based on the first output and the eddy current detector. The intensity of the magnetic field is used to detect the polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing.

在第34方式中,採用一種程式,該程式用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用,所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,研磨裝置具有用於保持被研磨物的保持部;用於保持所述保持部的擺動臂;及直接或間接地檢測施加在所述擺動臂的臂轉矩的臂轉矩檢測部,所述終點檢測部手段基於所述臂轉矩檢測部檢測到的所述臂轉矩,檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點,所述控制手段控制所述研磨裝置的研磨。In the 34th aspect, a program is used for causing a computer to function as the end point detection means and the control means for controlling a grinding device that grinds the object to be ground, and the grinding device has a function for holding the object to be ground. a holding part for the abrasive; a swing arm for holding the holding part; and an arm torque detection part that directly or indirectly detects the arm torque applied to the swing arm, and the end point detection part means is based on the arm The arm torque detected by the torque detection unit detects a polishing end point indicating the completion of the polishing, and the control means controls polishing by the polishing device.

在第35方式中,採用第34方式記載的程式,其特徵在於所述程式能夠更新。A thirty-fifth aspect uses the program described in the thirty-fourth aspect, wherein the program is updateable.

在第36方式中,採用一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有對基板進行研磨並取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置;藉由所述基板處理裝置、通訊手段連接的資料處理裝置,所述資料處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,更新與研磨處理相關的參數。在此,訊號為類比訊號及/或數位訊號。In a 36th aspect, a polishing device is used, which is characterized in that it has a substrate processing device that polishes a substrate and obtains a signal related to the polishing; and a data processing device connected by the substrate processing device and a communication means, and the data The processing device updates parameters related to the polishing process based on the signal obtained by the substrate processing device. Here, the signal is an analog signal and/or a digital signal.

在此,作為研磨參數,例如有(1)對半導體晶圓的四個區域,即,中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力,(2)研磨時間,(3)研磨台、頂環的轉速,(4)用於判定研磨終點的閾值等。參數的更新是指對上述參數的更新。Here, as polishing parameters, there are, for example, (1) the pressing force on the four regions of the semiconductor wafer, that is, the central part, the inner middle part, the outer middle part, and the peripheral part, (2) the polishing time, (3) The rotational speed of the grinding table and top ring, (4) the threshold used to determine the grinding end point, etc. The update of parameters refers to the update of the above parameters.

在第37方式中,採用研磨裝置,其特徵在於第36方式記載的研磨裝置中,所述訊號藉由由一種檢測器或不同種類的複數個檢測器取得。作為在本方式中使用的種類不同的檢測器,有以下檢測器等。即(1)取得與擺動軸馬達的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器,(2)SOPM(光學式檢測器),(3)渦電流式檢測器,(4)取得與研磨台旋轉用馬達的馬達電流變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器。In a thirty-seventh aspect, a polishing device is used. In the polishing device according to the thirty-sixth aspect, the signal is obtained by one type of detector or a plurality of detectors of different types. Different types of detectors used in this method include the following detectors. That is, (1) a detector that acquires a measurement signal related to the torque fluctuation of the swing axis motor, (2) an SOPM (optical detector), (3) an eddy current detector, (4) a detector that acquires a signal related to the rotation of the polishing table A detector that measures signals related to changes in the motor current of the motor.

在第38方式中,採用一種研磨方法,其特徵在於包括藉由通訊單元連接基板處理裝置和資料處理裝置的步驟;利用所述基板處理裝置研磨基板並取得與研磨相關的訊號的步驟;及藉由所述資料處理裝置,基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,更新與研磨處理相關的參數的步驟。In the 38th mode, a polishing method is adopted, which is characterized by including the steps of connecting a substrate processing device and a data processing device through a communication unit; using the substrate processing device to polish the substrate and obtaining a signal related to polishing; and by The data processing device updates the parameters related to the polishing process based on the signal obtained by the substrate processing device.

在第39方式中,採用一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有對基板進行研磨並且取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置、中間處理裝置、及資料處理裝置,基板處理裝置和中間處理裝置藉由第一通訊手段連接,中間處理裝置和資料處理裝置藉由第二通訊手段連接,所述中間處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號,作成與研磨處理相關的資料組,所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組監測所述基板處理裝置的研磨處理的狀態,所述中間處理裝置或所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組而檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點。In a thirty-ninth aspect, a polishing device is used, which is characterized in that it has a substrate processing device, an intermediate processing device, and a data processing device that polishes a substrate and obtains a signal related to the polishing. The substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device are processed by the third processing device. A communication means is connected. The intermediate processing device and the data processing device are connected by a second communication means. The intermediate processing device generates a data group related to the grinding process based on the signal obtained by the substrate processing device. The data processing device is based on The data set monitors the status of the polishing process of the substrate processing device, and the intermediate processing device or the data processing device detects a polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing based on the data set.

在第40方式中,可採用研磨裝置,其特徵在於第39方式中所述訊號藉由一種檢測器或種類不同的複數個檢測器取得。作為本方式所使用的種類不同的檢測器,有以下檢測器等。即(1)取得與擺動軸馬達的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器,(2)SOPM(光學式檢測器),(3)渦電流式檢測器,(4)取得與研磨台旋轉用馬達的馬達電流變動相關的測定訊號的檢測器。In the 40th mode, a grinding device can be used, characterized in that the signal in the 39th mode is obtained by one detector or a plurality of detectors of different types. Different types of detectors used in this method include the following detectors. That is, (1) a detector that acquires a measurement signal related to the torque fluctuation of the swing axis motor, (2) an SOPM (optical detector), (3) an eddy current detector, (4) a detector that acquires a measurement signal related to the rotation of the polishing table A detector that measures signals related to changes in the motor current of the motor.

在第41方式中,在第39方式中,作為所述資料組的示例,有以下資料組。能夠將所述檢測器輸出的檢測器訊號、所需的控制參數作為資料組。即,資料組能夠包括:頂環對半導體晶圓的按壓、擺動軸馬達的電流、研磨台的馬達電流、光學式檢測器的測定訊號、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號、研磨墊上的頂環的位置、漿料與藥液的流量/種類、以及上述資訊的相關計算資料等。In the 41st aspect and the 39th aspect, examples of the data set include the following data set. The detector signal output by the detector and the required control parameters can be used as a data set. That is, the data set can include: the pressing of the semiconductor wafer by the top ring, the current of the swing axis motor, the motor current of the polishing table, the measurement signal of the optical detector, the measurement signal of the eddy current detector, and the top ring on the polishing pad. The location, flow rate/type of slurry and chemical solution, and related calculation data of the above information, etc.

在第42方式中,第39方式中,作為所述資料組的發送方法的示例,有以下情況。使用將一維資料平行發送的發送系統或將一維資料時序性地發送的發送系統而能夠來進行發送。另外,能夠將上述一維資料加工為二維資料,作為資料組。In the 42nd aspect and the 39th aspect, as an example of the transmission method of the data group, there are the following cases. Transmission can be performed using a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data in parallel or a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data sequentially. In addition, the above one-dimensional data can be processed into two-dimensional data as a data set.

在第43方式中,第39方式中,能夠抽出訊號值變動較大的訊號而更新研磨參數。作為更新研磨參數的方法,例如,有以下方法。藉由在主檢測器和副檢測器兩者的目標值設置優先比例係數(加權係數),指定主檢測器與副檢測器的影響比例。抽出訊號值變動較大的訊號來更新優先比例係數。此外,在訊號值的變動中,有僅在短時間變動和在整個長時間變動。另外,訊號值的變動是指訊號值與時間相關的微分值或與時間相關的差值等。In the 43rd mode and the 39th mode, a signal with a large change in signal value can be extracted and the polishing parameters can be updated. As a method of updating polishing parameters, for example, there is the following method. By setting a priority proportional coefficient (weighting coefficient) to the target values of both the main detector and the sub-detector, the influence ratio of the main detector and the sub-detector is specified. Extract signals with large changes in signal value to update the priority proportion coefficient. In addition, among the changes in the signal value, there are changes only in a short time and changes in the entire long time. In addition, the change in signal value refers to the time-related differential value of the signal value or the time-related difference, etc.

在第44方式中,採用一種研磨方法,其特徵在於包括:藉由第一通訊手段連接對基板進行研磨並取得與研磨相關的訊號的基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置的步驟;藉由第二通訊手段連接所述中間處理裝置與資料處理裝置的步驟;所述中間處理裝置基於所述基板處理裝置取得的訊號作成與研磨處理相關的資料組的步驟;所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組監測所述基板處理裝置的研磨處理的狀態的步驟;及所述中間處理裝置或所述資料處理裝置基於所述資料組檢測表示所述研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In the 44th mode, a polishing method is adopted, which is characterized by including: the steps of connecting a substrate processing device and an intermediate processing device that polish the substrate and obtain signals related to the polishing through a first communication means; The step of connecting the intermediate processing device and the data processing device; the step of the intermediate processing device generating a data set related to polishing processing based on the signal obtained by the substrate processing device; the data processing device monitoring based on the data set The step of the polishing processing status of the substrate processing device; and the step of the intermediate processing device or the data processing device detecting a polishing end point indicating the end of the polishing based on the data set.

在第45方式中,採用一種研磨方法,用於在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨,其特徵在於包括: 藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟; 旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟; 旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並且往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟; 在所述研磨台的內部配置第10方式記載的渦電流式檢測器的步驟; 伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉,藉由第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中至少一個步驟由檢測線圈檢測形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟,前述第一步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述內部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,前述第二步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,前述第三步驟係藉由所述檢測線圈檢測由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈兩者所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流; 從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。In the 45th aspect, a polishing method is used for polishing between a polishing pad and an object to be polished arranged opposite to the polishing pad, which is characterized by including: the step of holding the polishing pad by a polishing table; the step of rotationally driving the polishing table; the step of rotationally driving a holding portion for holding the object to be polished and pressing the polishing pad; and arranging the eddy current detector according to the tenth aspect inside the polishing table. The step of; accompanying the rotation of the grinding table, using a detection coil to detect the eddy current formed on the object to be polished through at least one of the first step, the second step, and the third step, the first step being The detection coil is used to detect the eddy current formed on the object to be polished by the inner coil. The aforementioned second step is to detect the eddy current formed on the object to be polished by the outer coil through the detection coil. Eddy current, the aforementioned third step is to use the detection coil to detect the eddy current formed in the object to be ground by both the inner coil and the outer coil; detecting from the detected eddy current The step of the grinding end point indicating the completion of grinding of the object to be ground.

以下,參照附圖對本發明的實施方式進行說明。此外,在以下的各實施方式中,有時會對相同或相當的部件標注相同的附圖標記並省略重複說明。另外,在各實施方式中所示的特徵在不互相矛盾的限度內,也能夠適用於其他實施方式。Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. In addition, in each of the following embodiments, the same or corresponding components are denoted by the same reference numerals, and repeated descriptions may be omitted. In addition, the features shown in each embodiment can also be applied to other embodiments within the scope of not contradicting each other.

圖1是表示本發明的一實施方式的基板處理裝置的整體結構的俯視圖。如圖1所示,該基板處理裝置具有殼體部,即,本實施方式中大致矩形狀的殼體61。殼體61具有側壁700。殼體61的內部利用分隔壁1a、1b劃分為裝載/卸載部62、研磨部63及清洗部64。這些裝載/卸載部62、研磨部63以及清洗部64分別獨立地組裝,並獨立排氣。另外,基板處理裝置具有控制基板處理動作的控制部65。FIG. 1 is a plan view showing the overall structure of a substrate processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1 , this substrate processing apparatus has a housing part, that is, a substantially rectangular housing 61 in this embodiment. Housing 61 has side walls 700 . The interior of the casing 61 is divided into a loading/unloading part 62, a polishing part 63, and a cleaning part 64 by partition walls 1a and 1b. These loading/unloading portions 62, grinding portions 63, and cleaning portions 64 are independently assembled and exhausted. In addition, the substrate processing apparatus includes a control unit 65 that controls substrate processing operations.

裝載/卸載部62具有供儲存大量半導體晶圓(基板)的晶圓盒載置的兩個以上(在本實施方式中四個)的前部裝載部20。這些前部裝載部20與殼體61相鄰配置,並沿著基板處理裝置的寬度方向(與長度方向垂直的方向)排列。在前部裝載部20能夠搭載開放盒、SMIF(Standard Manufacturing Interface:標準製造介面)盒或FOUP(Front Opening Unified 罐:前開式晶圓盒)。在此,SMIF,FOUP是藉由在內部收納晶圓盒,並利用分隔壁覆蓋,而能夠保證與外部空間獨立的環境的密閉容器。The loading/unloading portion 62 has two or more (four in this embodiment) front loading portions 20 on which wafer cassettes storing a large number of semiconductor wafers (substrates) are placed. These front loading portions 20 are arranged adjacent to the housing 61 and arranged along the width direction (the direction perpendicular to the length direction) of the substrate processing apparatus. The front loader 20 can be equipped with an open cassette, a SMIF (Standard Manufacturing Interface: Standard Manufacturing Interface) cassette, or a FOUP (Front Opening Unified can: front opening wafer cassette). Here, SMIF and FOUP are sealed containers that can ensure an independent environment from the outside space by storing the wafer cassette inside and covering it with a partition wall.

另外,在裝載/卸載部62,沿著前部裝載部20的排列敷設有行駛機構21。在行駛機構21上設置有能夠沿晶圓盒的排列方向移動的兩台搬運用機器人(裝載機)22。搬運用機器人22藉由在行駛機構21上移動而能夠對搭載於前部裝載部20的晶圓盒進行存取。各個搬運用機器人22在上下具有兩個機械手。上側的機械手在將處理的半導體晶圓返回晶圓盒時使用。下側的機械手在將處理前的半導體晶圓從晶圓盒取出時使用。這樣,上下的機械手分開使用。另外,搬運用機器人22的下側的機械手藉由繞其軸心旋轉,而能夠使半導體晶圓翻轉。Moreover, in the loading/unloading part 62, the traveling mechanism 21 is laid along the arrangement of the front loading part 20. The traveling mechanism 21 is provided with two transport robots (loaders) 22 that can move in the arrangement direction of the wafer cassettes. The transport robot 22 can access the wafer cassette mounted on the front loader 20 by moving on the traveling mechanism 21 . Each transport robot 22 has two robot arms at the top and bottom. The robot arm on the upper side is used when returning processed semiconductor wafers to the wafer cassette. The robot arm on the lower side is used to take out the semiconductor wafer before processing from the wafer cassette. In this way, the upper and lower manipulators are used separately. In addition, the robot arm on the lower side of the transfer robot 22 can turn the semiconductor wafer over by rotating around its axis.

裝載/卸載部62是需要保持最清潔狀態的區域。因此,裝載/卸載部62的內部常態維持為比基板處理裝置外部、研磨部63以及清洗部64中的任一個高的壓力。研磨部63因為是使用漿料作為研磨液,為最髒的區域。因此,在研磨部63的內部形成負壓,其壓力維持為比清洗部64的內部壓力低。在裝載/卸載部62設有具有HEPA濾網、ULPA濾網、或化學濾網等空氣清淨濾網的過濾風扇單元(未圖示)。從過濾風扇單元,常態吹出經除去粒子或有毒蒸氣、有毒氣體的乾淨空氣。The loading/unloading section 62 is an area that needs to be kept in the cleanest condition. Therefore, the inside of the loading/unloading unit 62 is normally maintained at a higher pressure than any one of the outside of the substrate processing apparatus, the polishing unit 63 , and the cleaning unit 64 . The polishing section 63 uses slurry as the polishing fluid and is the dirtiest area. Therefore, a negative pressure is formed inside the polishing part 63 , and the pressure is maintained lower than the internal pressure of the cleaning part 64 . The loading/unloading portion 62 is provided with a filter fan unit (not shown) having an air purifying filter such as a HEPA filter, a ULPA filter, or a chemical filter. From the filter fan unit, clean air from which particles, toxic vapors, and toxic gases have been removed is constantly blown out.

研磨部63為進行半導體晶圓的研磨(平坦化)的區域,具有第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,第四研磨單元3D。如圖1所示,第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,以及第四研磨單元3D沿著基板處理裝置的長度方向排列。The polishing unit 63 is an area for polishing (planarizing) the semiconductor wafer, and includes a first polishing unit 3A, a second polishing unit 3B, a third polishing unit 3C, and a fourth polishing unit 3D. As shown in FIG. 1 , the first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D are arranged along the length direction of the substrate processing apparatus.

如圖1所示,第一研磨單元3A具有研磨台30A、頂環31A、研磨液供給噴嘴32A、修整器33A、噴霧器34A。在研磨台30A安裝有具有研磨面的研磨墊10。頂環(保持部)31A保持半導體晶圓,並且將半導體晶圓一邊按壓至研磨台30A上的研磨墊10一邊研磨。研磨液供給噴嘴32A供給研磨液、修整液(例如,純水)至研磨墊10。修整器33A進行研磨墊10的研磨面的修整。噴霧器34A使液體(例如純水)與氣體(例如氮氣)的混合流體或液體(例如純水)成為霧狀並噴射至研磨面。As shown in FIG. 1 , the first polishing unit 3A includes a polishing table 30A, a top ring 31A, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A, a dresser 33A, and a sprayer 34A. The polishing pad 10 having a polishing surface is attached to the polishing table 30A. The top ring (holding portion) 31A holds the semiconductor wafer, and the semiconductor wafer is polished while being pressed against the polishing pad 10 on the polishing table 30A. The polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A supplies polishing liquid and conditioning liquid (for example, pure water) to the polishing pad 10 . The dresser 33A conditions the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 . The sprayer 34A makes a mixed fluid of a liquid (for example, pure water) and a gas (for example, nitrogen) or the liquid (for example, pure water) into a mist form and sprays it onto the polishing surface.

同樣,第二研磨單元3B具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30B、頂環31B、研磨液供給噴嘴32B、修整器33B及噴霧器34B。第三研磨單元3C具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30C、頂環31C、研磨液供給噴嘴32C、修整器33C及噴霧器34C。第四研磨單元3D具有:安裝有研磨墊10的研磨台30D、頂環31D、研磨液供給噴嘴32D、修整器33D及噴霧器34D。Similarly, the second polishing unit 3B includes a polishing table 30B on which the polishing pad 10 is mounted, a top ring 31B, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32B, a dresser 33B, and a sprayer 34B. The third polishing unit 3C includes a polishing table 30C on which the polishing pad 10 is mounted, a top ring 31C, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32C, a dresser 33C, and a sprayer 34C. The fourth polishing unit 3D includes a polishing table 30D on which the polishing pad 10 is mounted, a top ring 31D, a polishing liquid supply nozzle 32D, a dresser 33D, and a sprayer 34D.

第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,以及第四研磨單元3D具有彼此相同的結構,因此關於研磨單元的詳細,以下以第一研磨單元3A作為標的進行說明。The first grinding unit 3A, the second grinding unit 3B, the third grinding unit 3C, and the fourth grinding unit 3D have the same structure as each other. Therefore, details of the grinding units will be described below with the first grinding unit 3A as the subject.

圖2是示意性表示第一研磨單元3A的立體圖。頂環31A被頂環軸111支承。在研磨台30A的上表面貼附有研磨墊10,該研磨墊10的上表面構成對半導體晶圓16進行研磨的研磨面。此外,能夠使用固定磨粒代替研磨墊10。頂環31A以及研磨台30A如箭頭所示,構成為繞其軸心旋轉。半導體晶圓16藉由真空吸附被保持於頂環31A的下表面。在研磨時,研磨液從研磨液供給噴嘴32A供給至研磨墊10的研磨面,作為研磨對象的半導體晶圓16藉由頂環31A被按壓於研磨面而被研磨。FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically showing the first polishing unit 3A. The top ring 31A is supported by the top ring shaft 111. The polishing pad 10 is attached to the upper surface of the polishing table 30A, and the upper surface of the polishing pad 10 constitutes a polishing surface for polishing the semiconductor wafer 16 . Furthermore, fixed abrasive grains can be used instead of the polishing pad 10 . The top ring 31A and the polishing table 30A are configured to rotate around their axes as shown by arrows. The semiconductor wafer 16 is held on the lower surface of the top ring 31A by vacuum suction. During polishing, the polishing liquid is supplied from the polishing liquid supply nozzle 32A to the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 , and the semiconductor wafer 16 to be polished is pressed against the polishing surface by the top ring 31A and is polished.

圖3是示意性表示頂環31A的構造的剖面圖。頂環31A經由萬向接頭637連結於頂環軸111的下端。萬向接頭637是既允許頂環31A與頂環軸111的彼此的傾斜移動,又將頂環軸111的旋轉傳遞至頂環31A的球接頭。頂環31A具有:大致圓盤狀的頂環主體638、配置在頂環主體638的下部的擋環640。頂環主體638由金屬、陶瓷等的強度以及剛性高的材料形成。另外,擋環640由剛性高的樹脂材料或陶瓷等形成。此外,也可以將擋環640與頂環主體638一體形成。FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of the top ring 31A. The top ring 31A is connected to the lower end of the top ring shaft 111 via a universal joint 637 . The universal joint 637 is a ball joint that allows the top ring 31A and the top ring shaft 111 to tilt relative to each other and transmits the rotation of the top ring shaft 111 to the top ring 31A. The top ring 31A has a substantially disk-shaped top ring main body 638 and a stop ring 640 arranged at a lower portion of the top ring main body 638 . The top ring main body 638 is made of a material with high strength and rigidity such as metal or ceramic. In addition, the retaining ring 640 is formed of a highly rigid resin material, ceramics, or the like. In addition, the blocking ring 640 and the top ring main body 638 may also be integrally formed.

在形成於頂環主體638以及擋環640的內側的空間內收納有:與半導體晶圓16抵接的圓形的彈性墊642、由彈性膜構成的環狀的加壓片643、保持彈性墊642的大致圓盤狀的夾板644。彈性墊642的上周端部被夾板644保持,在彈性墊642與夾板644之間設有四個壓力室(空氣袋)P1、P2、P3、P4。藉由彈性墊642、夾板644而形成壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4。分別經由流體路徑651、652、653、654而對壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4供給加壓空氣等加壓流體,或者將壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4抽成真空。中央的壓力室P1為圓形,其他壓力室P2、P3、P4為環狀。這些壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4排列在同心上。Housed in a space formed inside the top ring main body 638 and the retaining ring 640 are a circular elastic pad 642 that contacts the semiconductor wafer 16 , an annular pressure piece 643 made of an elastic film, and a holding elastic pad. The generally disc-shaped splint 644 of 642. The upper peripheral end of the elastic pad 642 is held by the splint 644, and four pressure chambers (air bags) P1, P2, P3, and P4 are provided between the elastic pad 642 and the splint 644. The pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 are formed by the elastic pad 642 and the clamping plate 644. Pressurized fluid such as pressurized air is supplied to the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 via fluid paths 651, 652, 653, and 654 respectively, or the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 are evacuated. The central pressure chamber P1 is circular, and the other pressure chambers P2, P3, and P4 are annular. These pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4 are arranged concentrically.

藉由後述的壓力調整部能夠使壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力彼此獨立地變化,由此,能夠獨立地調整對於半導體晶圓16的四個區域,即中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力。另外,藉由使頂環31A的整體升降,變成能以指定的按壓力按壓擋環640至研磨墊10。在夾板644與頂環主體638之間形成有壓力室P5,經由流體路徑655而對該壓力室P5供給加壓流體,或者將該壓力室P5抽成真空。由此,夾板644以及彈性墊642整體能夠在上下方向上移動。The internal pressures of the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 can be changed independently of each other by the pressure adjustment unit described later, thereby independently adjusting the four regions of the semiconductor wafer 16, that is, the central portion and the inner middle portion. , the outer middle part, and the pressing force of the peripheral part. In addition, by raising and lowering the entire top ring 31A, the retaining ring 640 can be pressed against the polishing pad 10 with a specified pressing force. A pressure chamber P5 is formed between the clamping plate 644 and the top ring body 638, and the pressure chamber P5 is supplied with pressurized fluid via the fluid path 655, or the pressure chamber P5 is evacuated. Thereby, the clamp plate 644 and the elastic pad 642 as a whole can move in the up and down direction.

半導體晶圓16的周端部被擋環640包圍,來讓半導體晶圓16在研磨中不會從頂環31A飛出。在彈性墊642的構成壓力室P3的部位形成有開口(未圖示),藉由在壓力室P3中形成真空,來讓半導體晶圓16被頂環31A吸附保持。另外,藉由向該壓力室P3供給氮氣、乾燥空氣、壓縮空氣等,來讓半導體晶圓16從頂環31A被釋放。The peripheral end of the semiconductor wafer 16 is surrounded by a retaining ring 640 to prevent the semiconductor wafer 16 from flying out from the top ring 31A during grinding. An opening (not shown) is formed in a portion of the elastic pad 642 constituting the pressure chamber P3. By creating a vacuum in the pressure chamber P3, the semiconductor wafer 16 is adsorbed and held by the top ring 31A. In addition, by supplying nitrogen gas, dry air, compressed air, etc. to the pressure chamber P3, the semiconductor wafer 16 is released from the top ring 31A.

圖4是示意性表示頂環31A的其他構造例的剖面圖。在該例中,將彈性墊642安裝於頂環主體638的下表面而未設置夾板。另外,也沒有設置夾板與頂環主體638之間的壓力室P5。取而代之,在擋環640與頂環主體638之間配置有彈性袋646,並在彈性袋646的內部形成有壓力室P6。擋環640能夠相對於頂環主體638相對地上下移動。在壓力室P6連通有流體路徑656,來讓加壓空氣等加壓流體通過流體路徑656供給至壓力室P6。藉由後述的壓力調整部能夠調整壓力室P6的內部壓力。因此,能夠獨立於對半導體晶圓16的按壓力而調整擋環640對於研磨墊10的按壓力。其他結構以及動作與圖3所示的頂環的結構相同。在本實施方式中,能夠使用圖3或圖4的任一類型的頂環。FIG. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another structural example of the top ring 31A. In this example, the elastic pad 642 is installed on the lower surface of the top ring body 638 without providing a clamping plate. In addition, the pressure chamber P5 between the clamping plate and the top ring body 638 is not provided. Instead, an elastic bag 646 is disposed between the blocking ring 640 and the top ring body 638, and a pressure chamber P6 is formed inside the elastic bag 646. The retaining ring 640 can move up and down relative to the top ring body 638 . A fluid path 656 is communicated with the pressure chamber P6 so that pressurized fluid such as pressurized air is supplied to the pressure chamber P6 through the fluid path 656 . The internal pressure of the pressure chamber P6 can be adjusted by a pressure adjustment unit described below. Therefore, the pressing force of the retaining ring 640 on the polishing pad 10 can be adjusted independently of the pressing force on the semiconductor wafer 16 . Other structures and operations are the same as those of the top ring shown in Figure 3 . In this embodiment, either type of top ring of Figure 3 or Figure 4 can be used.

圖5是用於說明使頂環31A旋轉以及擺動的機構的剖面圖。頂環軸(例如,花鍵軸)111旋轉自如地支承於頂環頭660。另外,頂環軸111經由帶輪661、662以及帶663與馬達M1的旋轉軸連結,利用馬達M1使頂環軸111以及頂環31A繞其軸心旋轉。該馬達M1安裝於頂環頭660的上部。另外,藉由作為上下驅動源的氣缸665連結頂環頭660和頂環軸111。藉由供給至該氣缸665的空氣(壓縮氣體),頂環軸111以及頂環31A一體地上下移動。此外,也可以將具有滾珠絲杠以及伺服馬達的機構作為上下驅動源來使用,來代替氣缸665。FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view for explaining a mechanism for rotating and swinging the top ring 31A. The top ring shaft (for example, a spline shaft) 111 is rotatably supported on the top ring head 660 . In addition, the top ring shaft 111 is connected to the rotation shaft of the motor M1 via the pulleys 661 and 662 and the belt 663, and the top ring shaft 111 and the top ring 31A are rotated around their axes by the motor M1. The motor M1 is installed on the upper part of the top ring head 660 . In addition, the top ring head 660 and the top ring shaft 111 are connected by an air cylinder 665 as a vertical drive source. The top ring shaft 111 and the top ring 31A move up and down integrally by the air (compressed gas) supplied to the cylinder 665 . In addition, a mechanism including a ball screw and a servo motor may be used as a vertical drive source instead of the air cylinder 665 .

頂環頭660經由軸承672旋轉自如地支承於支承軸667。該支承軸667為固定軸,並為不旋轉的構造。在頂環頭660設置有馬達M2,頂環頭660與馬達M2的相對位置為固定。該馬達M2的旋轉軸經由未圖示的旋轉傳遞機構(齒輪等)與支承軸667連結,藉由使馬達M2旋轉,而讓頂環頭660以支承軸667為中心擺動(揺動)。因此,藉由頂環頭660的擺動運動,支承於其前端的頂環31A在研磨台30A的上方的研磨位置與研磨台30A的側方的搬運位置之間移動。此外,在本實施方式中,使頂環31A擺動的擺動機構由馬達M2構成。The top ring head 660 is rotatably supported on the support shaft 667 via a bearing 672 . This support shaft 667 is a fixed shaft and has a non-rotating structure. The top ring head 660 is provided with a motor M2, and the relative position of the top ring head 660 and the motor M2 is fixed. The rotation shaft of the motor M2 is connected to the support shaft 667 via a rotation transmission mechanism (gear, etc.) not shown. By rotating the motor M2, the top ring head 660 is allowed to swing (swing) around the support shaft 667. Therefore, by the swinging motion of the top ring head 660, the top ring 31A supported at the front end thereof moves between the polishing position above the polishing table 30A and the transport position on the side of the polishing table 30A. In addition, in this embodiment, the swing mechanism which swings the top ring 31A is comprised by the motor M2.

在頂環軸111的內部形成有延其長度方向延伸的貫通孔(未圖示)。上述頂環31A的流體路徑651、652、653、654、655、656通過該貫通孔,與設於頂環軸111的上端的旋轉接頭669連接。經由該旋轉接頭669供給加壓氣體(乾淨空氣)、氮氣等流體至頂環31A,另外從頂環31A將氣體真空排氣。在旋轉接頭669連接有與上述流體路徑651、652、653、654、655、656(參照圖3以及圖4)連通的複數個流體管670,這些流體管670與壓力調整部675連接。另外,向氣缸665供給加壓空氣的流體管671也與壓力調整部675連接。A through hole (not shown) extending along the length direction of the top ring shaft 111 is formed inside the top ring shaft 111 . The fluid paths 651, 652, 653, 654, 655, and 656 of the top ring 31A are connected to the rotary joint 669 provided at the upper end of the top ring shaft 111 through the through hole. Fluids such as pressurized gas (clean air) and nitrogen are supplied to the top ring 31A via the rotary joint 669 , and the gas is evacuated from the top ring 31A. The rotary joint 669 is connected to a plurality of fluid tubes 670 that communicate with the fluid paths 651 , 652 , 653 , 654 , 655 , and 656 (see FIGS. 3 and 4 ), and these fluid tubes 670 are connected to the pressure adjusting portion 675 . In addition, the fluid pipe 671 for supplying pressurized air to the cylinder 665 is also connected to the pressure adjusting portion 675 .

壓力調整部675具有:對供給至頂環31A的流體的壓力進行調整的電氣調節器、與流體管670、671連接的配管、設於這些配管的氣動閥、對構成這些氣動閥的工作源的空氣的壓力進行調整的電氣調節器、及在頂環31A中形成真空的排出器等,上述結構集合而構成一個區塊(單元)。壓力調整部675固定於頂環頭660的上部。藉由該壓力調整部675的電氣調節器調整供給至頂環31A的壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4、P5(參照圖3)的加壓氣體、供給至氣缸665的加壓空氣的壓力。同樣,藉由壓力調整部675的排出器在頂環31A的壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4內、夾板644與頂環主體638之間的壓力室P5內形成真空。The pressure adjustment unit 675 includes an electric regulator that adjusts the pressure of the fluid supplied to the top ring 31A, pipes connected to the fluid pipes 670 and 671 , pneumatic valves provided in these pipes, and an operating source constituting the pneumatic valves. An electric regulator that adjusts the pressure of the air, an ejector that creates a vacuum in the top ring 31A, and the like, the above-mentioned structures are combined to form one block (unit). The pressure adjustment part 675 is fixed on the upper part of the top ring head 660 . The pressure of the pressurized gas supplied to the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 (see FIG. 3 ) of the top ring 31A and the pressurized air supplied to the cylinder 665 is adjusted by the electric regulator of the pressure adjusting unit 675 . Similarly, the ejector of the pressure adjustment portion 675 creates a vacuum in the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, and P4 of the top ring 31A and in the pressure chamber P5 between the clamping plate 644 and the top ring body 638.

這樣,由於作為壓力調整設備的電氣調節器、閥配置在頂環31A的附近,因此提高頂環31A內的壓力的控制性。更具體而言,由於電氣調節器與壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4、P5的距離近,因此對於來自控制部65的壓力變更指令的回應性提升。同樣,由於作為真空源的排出器也設置在頂環31A的附近,因此在頂環31A內形成真空時的回應性提升。另外,能夠將壓力調整部675的背面作為電裝設備的安裝用台座來利用,能夠不需要以往所需要的安裝用的框架。In this way, since the electric regulator and the valve as the pressure adjusting device are arranged near the top ring 31A, the controllability of the pressure in the top ring 31A is improved. More specifically, since the distance between the electric regulator and the pressure chambers P1, P2, P3, P4, and P5 is close, the responsiveness to the pressure change command from the control unit 65 is improved. Similarly, since the ejector as a vacuum source is also provided near the top ring 31A, the responsiveness when creating a vacuum in the top ring 31A is improved. In addition, the back surface of the pressure adjusting portion 675 can be used as a mounting base for electrical equipment, and a conventionally required mounting frame can be eliminated.

頂環頭660,頂環31A,壓力調整部675,頂環軸111,馬達M1,馬達M2,氣缸665構成為一個模組(以下,稱作頂環組件)。即,頂環軸111,馬達M1,馬達M2,壓力調整部675,氣缸665安裝於頂環頭660。頂環頭660構成為能夠從支承軸667拆卸下來。因此,藉由使頂環頭660與支承軸667分離,能夠將頂環組件從基板處理裝置拆卸。利用如上所述的結構,能夠提升支承軸667、頂環頭660等的維護性。例如,在從軸承672產生異響時,能夠容易地更換軸承672,另外,在更換馬達M2、旋轉傳遞機構(減速器)時,也不需要拆卸相鄰的設備。The top ring head 660, the top ring 31A, the pressure adjustment part 675, the top ring shaft 111, the motor M1, the motor M2, and the cylinder 665 constitute a module (hereinafter referred to as the top ring assembly). That is, the top ring shaft 111, the motor M1, the motor M2, the pressure adjustment part 675, and the air cylinder 665 are installed on the top ring head 660. The top ring head 660 is detachable from the support shaft 667 . Therefore, by separating the top ring head 660 from the support shaft 667, the top ring assembly can be detached from the substrate processing apparatus. With the above-mentioned structure, the maintainability of the support shaft 667, the top ring head 660, etc. can be improved. For example, when abnormal noise occurs from the bearing 672 , the bearing 672 can be easily replaced. In addition, when the motor M2 or the rotation transmission mechanism (reducer) is replaced, there is no need to disassemble adjacent equipment.

圖6是示意性表示研磨台30A的內部構造的剖面圖。如圖6所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態的檢測器676。在該示例中,使用渦電流式檢測器作為檢測器676。檢測器676的訊號發送至控制部65,讓表示膜厚的監測訊號藉由控制部65產生。該監測訊號(以及檢測器訊號)的值並不表示膜厚本身,但監測訊號的值根據膜厚變化。因此,監測訊號是能夠表示半導體晶圓16的膜厚的訊號。FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the internal structure of the polishing table 30A. As shown in FIG. 6 , a detector 676 for detecting the state of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is embedded in the polishing table 30A. In this example, an eddy current type detector is used as detector 676 . The signal from the detector 676 is sent to the control unit 65 so that a monitoring signal indicating the film thickness is generated by the control unit 65 . The value of the monitoring signal (and therefore the detector signal) does not represent the film thickness itself, but the value of the monitoring signal changes according to the film thickness. Therefore, the monitoring signal is a signal that can indicate the film thickness of the semiconductor wafer 16 .

控制部65基於監測訊號決定各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力,來輸出指令至壓力調整部675,讓所決定的內部壓力形成於各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4。控制部65作為基於監測訊號操作各個壓力室P1、P2、P3、P4的內部壓力的壓力控制部以及檢測研磨終點的終點檢測部發揮作用。The control part 65 determines the internal pressure of each pressure chamber P1, P2, P3, P4 based on the monitoring signal, and outputs an instruction to the pressure adjustment part 675, so that the determined internal pressure is formed in each pressure chamber P1, P2, P3, P4. The control part 65 functions as a pressure control part which operates the internal pressure of each pressure chamber P1, P2, P3, P4 based on a monitoring signal, and as an end point detection part which detects the polishing end point.

與第一研磨單元3A同樣地,檢測器676也設於第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D的研磨台。控制部65從各個研磨單元3A~3D的檢測器676送來的訊號產生監測訊號,監測在各個研磨單元3A~3D中的半導體晶圓的研磨的進展。在複數個半導體晶圓被研磨單元3A~3D研磨的情況下,控制部5在研磨中監測表示半導體晶圓的膜厚的監測訊號,並基於這些監測訊號控制頂環31A~31D的按壓力,讓在研磨單元3A~3D中的研磨時間大致相同。如此,以基於監測訊號調整研磨中的頂環31A~31D的按壓力的方式,能夠使得在研磨單元3A~3D中的研磨時間平均化。Like the first polishing unit 3A, the detector 676 is also provided on the polishing tables of the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D. The control unit 65 generates a monitoring signal from the signal sent from the detector 676 of each polishing unit 3A to 3D, and monitors the progress of polishing of the semiconductor wafer in each polishing unit 3A to 3D. When a plurality of semiconductor wafers are polished by the polishing units 3A to 3D, the control unit 5 monitors monitoring signals indicating the film thickness of the semiconductor wafers during polishing, and controls the pressing force of the top rings 31A to 31D based on these monitoring signals. The grinding time in the grinding units 3A to 3D is made approximately the same. In this way, by adjusting the pressing force of the top rings 31A to 31D during grinding based on the monitoring signal, the grinding time in the grinding units 3A to 3D can be averaged.

也可以以第一研磨單元3A,第二研磨單元3B,第三研磨單元3C,第四研磨單元3D的任一,或者從這些研磨單元3A~3D預先選擇的複數個研磨單元連續地研磨半導體晶圓16。例如,也可以按照第一研磨單元3A→第二研磨單元3B的順序研磨半導體晶圓16,或者也可以按照第三研磨單元3C→第四研磨單元3D的順序研磨半導體晶圓16。另外,也可以按照第一研磨單元3A→第二研磨單元3B→第三研磨單元3C→第四研磨單元3D的順序研磨半導體晶圓16。在任一情況下,以使研磨單元3A~3D的所有的研磨時間平均化的方式,能夠提升產出。The semiconductor crystal may be continuously ground using any one of the first polishing unit 3A, the second polishing unit 3B, the third polishing unit 3C, and the fourth polishing unit 3D, or a plurality of polishing units selected in advance from these polishing units 3A to 3D. Circle 16. For example, the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the first polishing unit 3A → the second polishing unit 3B, or the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the third polishing unit 3C → the fourth polishing unit 3D. In addition, the semiconductor wafer 16 may be polished in the order of the first polishing unit 3A → the second polishing unit 3B → the third polishing unit 3C → the fourth polishing unit 3D. In any case, by averaging the grinding times of all the grinding units 3A to 3D, the output can be improved.

渦電流式檢測器適宜用於半導體晶圓的膜為金屬膜的情況。在半導體晶圓的膜為氧化膜等具有透光性的膜的情況下,能夠使用光學式檢測器作為檢測器676。或者,也可以使用微波檢測器作為檢測器676。微波檢測器能夠用於金屬膜以及非金屬膜的任一情況。以下,對光學式檢測器以及微波檢測器的一例進行說明。The eddy current detector is suitable for use when the film of the semiconductor wafer is a metal film. When the film of the semiconductor wafer is a translucent film such as an oxide film, an optical detector can be used as the detector 676 . Alternatively, a microwave detector may be used as the detector 676. Microwave detectors can be used for both metallic and non-metallic films. Hereinafter, an example of an optical detector and a microwave detector will be described.

圖7是表示具有光學式檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。如圖7所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態的光學式檢測器676。該檢測器676照射光至半導體晶圓16,並從來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度(反射強度或反射率)檢測半導體晶圓16的膜的狀態(膜厚等)。FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a polishing table equipped with an optical detector. As shown in FIG. 7 , an optical detector 676 that detects the state of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is embedded in the polishing table 30A. The detector 676 irradiates light to the semiconductor wafer 16 and detects the state of the film (film thickness, etc.) of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 (reflection intensity or reflectance).

另外,在研磨墊10安裝有供來自檢測器676的光穿透用的透光部677。該透光部677係以穿透率高的材質形成,例如由無發泡聚氨酯等形成。或者,也可以藉由在研磨墊10設置貫通孔,在該貫通孔被半導體晶圓16封堵期間,從下方使透明液體流動,而構成透光部677。透光部677配置在被頂環31A保持的半導體晶圓16的中心的位置。In addition, the polishing pad 10 is provided with a light-transmitting portion 677 for transmitting light from the detector 676 . The light-transmitting portion 677 is made of a material with high transmittance, such as non-foaming polyurethane. Alternatively, the light-transmitting portion 677 may be formed by providing a through hole in the polishing pad 10 and flowing a transparent liquid from below while the through hole is blocked by the semiconductor wafer 16 . The light-transmitting portion 677 is disposed at the center of the semiconductor wafer 16 held by the top ring 31A.

如圖7所示,檢測器676具有:光源678a;作為使來自光源678a的光照射至半導體晶圓16的被研磨面的發光部的發光光纖678b;作為接受來自被研磨面的反射光的收光部的收光光纖678c;內部具有將藉由收光光纖678c接收的光分光的分光器以及儲存由該分光器分光出的光作為電氣資訊的複數個收光元件之分光器單元678d;控制光源678a的點亮以及熄滅、分光器單元678d內的收光元件開始讀取的時點等的動作控制部678e;供給電力至動作控制部678e的電源678f。此外,經由動作控制部678e供給電力至光源678a以及分光器單元678d。As shown in FIG. 7 , the detector 676 has: a light source 678a; a light-emitting optical fiber 678b as a light-emitting part that irradiates the light from the light source 678a to the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16; and a receiver that receives reflected light from the polished surface. The light-collecting optical fiber 678c of the optical part; a spectrometer unit 678d internally equipped with a spectroscope that splits the light received by the light-collecting optical fiber 678c and a plurality of light-collecting elements that stores the light splitted by the spectroscope as electrical information; control The operation control unit 678e controls the lighting and extinguishing of the light source 678a and the time when the light collecting element in the spectroscope unit 678d starts reading; and the power supply 678f that supplies power to the operation control unit 678e. In addition, power is supplied to the light source 678a and the spectroscope unit 678d via the operation control unit 678e.

發光光纖678b的發光端和收光光纖678c的收光端構成為相對於半導體晶圓16的被研磨面大致垂直。作為分光器單元678d內的收光元件,例如可使用128元件的光電二極體陣列。分光器單元678d與動作控制部678e連接。來自分光器單元678d內的收光元件的資訊送至動作控制部678e,並基於該資訊產生反射光的光譜資料。即,動作控制部678e讀取儲存在收光元件的電氣資訊而產生反射光的光譜資料。該光譜資料表示根據波長而被分解的反射光的強度,且會根據膜厚而變化。The light-emitting end of the light-emitting optical fiber 678b and the light-receiving end of the light-collecting optical fiber 678c are configured to be substantially perpendicular to the surface to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16. As the light collecting element in the spectroscope unit 678d, for example, a 128-element photodiode array can be used. The spectroscope unit 678d is connected to the operation control unit 678e. Information from the light-collecting element in the spectroscope unit 678d is sent to the action control unit 678e, and spectral data of the reflected light is generated based on the information. That is, the operation control unit 678e reads the electrical information stored in the light-collecting element to generate spectral data of the reflected light. This spectral data represents the intensity of reflected light decomposed according to wavelength, and changes depending on the film thickness.

動作控制部678e與上述控制部65連接。這樣一來,在動作控制部678e產生的光譜資料發送至控制部65。在控制部65中,基於從動作控制部678e接收到的光譜資料,計算與半導體晶圓16的膜厚相關聯的特性值,並將其作為監測訊號使用。The operation control unit 678e is connected to the control unit 65 described above. In this way, the spectral data generated by the operation control unit 678e is sent to the control unit 65. In the control unit 65, based on the spectrum data received from the operation control unit 678e, a characteristic value related to the film thickness of the semiconductor wafer 16 is calculated and used as a monitoring signal.

圖8是表示具有微波檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。檢測器676具有:將微波向半導體晶圓16的被研磨面照射的天線680a、供給微波至天線680a的檢測器主體680b、及將天線680a與檢測器主體680b連接的導波管681。天線680a配置為埋設於研磨台30A,並與保持於頂環31A的半導體晶圓16的中心位置相對。FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing a polishing table equipped with a microwave detector. The detector 676 includes an antenna 680a that irradiates the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 with microwaves, a detector body 680b that supplies microwaves to the antenna 680a, and a waveguide 681 that connects the antenna 680a and the detector body 680b. The antenna 680a is embedded in the polishing table 30A and is arranged to face the center position of the semiconductor wafer 16 held by the top ring 31A.

檢測器主體680b具有:產生微波而供給微波至天線680a的微波源680c;使藉由微波源680c所產生的微波(入射波)與從半導體晶圓16的表面反射的微波(反射波)分離的分離器680d;及接收由分離器680d分離出的反射波而檢測反射波的振幅以及相位的檢測部680e。此外,作為分離器680d,適宜使用定向耦合器。The detector main body 680b has a microwave source 680c that generates microwaves and supplies the microwaves to the antenna 680a; and a device that separates the microwaves (incident waves) generated by the microwave source 680c from the microwaves (reflected waves) reflected from the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. splitter 680d; and a detection unit 680e that receives the reflected wave separated by the splitter 680d and detects the amplitude and phase of the reflected wave. In addition, as the splitter 680d, a directional coupler is suitably used.

天線680a經由導波管681與分離器680d連接。微波源680c與分離器680d連接,由微波源680c產生的微波經由分離器680d以及導波管681向天線680a供給。微波從天線680a向半導體晶圓16照射,穿透(貫通)研磨墊10到達半導體晶圓16。來自半導體晶圓16的反射波再次穿透度研磨墊10後,由天線680a接收。The antenna 680a is connected to the splitter 680d via the waveguide 681. The microwave source 680c is connected to the splitter 680d, and the microwave generated by the microwave source 680c is supplied to the antenna 680a via the splitter 680d and the waveguide 681. The microwaves are irradiated from the antenna 680 a to the semiconductor wafer 16 , and penetrate (penetrate) the polishing pad 10 to reach the semiconductor wafer 16 . The reflected wave from the semiconductor wafer 16 passes through the polishing pad 10 again and is received by the antenna 680a.

反射波從天線680a經由導波管681送至分離器680d,藉由分離器680d使入射波與反射波分離。由分離器680d分離出的反射波被傳送至檢測部680e。在檢測部680e中檢測反射波的振幅以及相位。反射波的振幅作為電力(dbm或W)或電壓(V)被檢測,反射波的相位由內置於檢測部680e的相位計測器(未圖示)檢測。由檢測部680e檢測出的反射波的振幅以及相位被送至控制部65,在此基於反射波的振幅以及相位分析半導體晶圓16的金屬膜、非金屬膜等的膜厚。藉由控制部65監測分析出的值作為監測訊號。The reflected wave is sent from the antenna 680a to the splitter 680d through the waveguide 681, and the incident wave and the reflected wave are separated by the splitter 680d. The reflected wave separated by the separator 680d is sent to the detection part 680e. The detection unit 680e detects the amplitude and phase of the reflected wave. The amplitude of the reflected wave is detected as electric power (dbm or W) or voltage (V), and the phase of the reflected wave is detected by a phase meter (not shown) built in the detection unit 680e. The amplitude and phase of the reflected wave detected by the detection unit 680e are sent to the control unit 65, where the film thickness of the metal film, non-metal film, etc. of the semiconductor wafer 16 is analyzed based on the amplitude and phase of the reflected wave. The value analyzed is monitored by the control unit 65 as a monitoring signal.

圖9是表示作為本發明的一實施例可使用的修整器33A的立體圖。如圖9所示,修整器33A具有:修整器臂685;旋轉自如地安裝在修整器臂685的前端的修整部件686;與修整器臂685的另一端連結的擺動軸688;作為以擺動軸688為中心使修整器臂685擺動(搖擺)的驅動機構的馬達689。修整部件686具有圓形的修整面,在修整面固定有硬質的粒子。作為該硬質的粒子,列舉金剛石粒子、陶瓷粒子等。在修整器臂685內內置有未圖示的馬達,利用該馬達使修整部件686旋轉。擺動軸688與未圖示的升降機構連結,藉由該升降機構使修整器臂685下降的方式,而讓修整部件686按壓研磨墊10的研磨面。FIG. 9 is a perspective view showing a trimmer 33A usable as an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 9 , the dresser 33A includes: a dresser arm 685; a dresser member 686 rotatably mounted on the front end of the dresser arm 685; a swing shaft 688 connected to the other end of the dresser arm 685; and a swing shaft as a swing shaft. 688 serves as a motor 689 of the driving mechanism that swings (swings) the dresser arm 685 around the center. The trimming member 686 has a circular trimming surface, and hard particles are fixed on the trimming surface. Examples of the hard particles include diamond particles, ceramic particles, and the like. A motor (not shown) is built into the trimmer arm 685, and the trimming member 686 is rotated by this motor. The swing shaft 688 is connected to a lifting mechanism (not shown), and the lifting mechanism lowers the dresser arm 685 so that the dressing member 686 presses the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 .

圖10(a)是表示噴霧器34A的立體圖。噴霧器34A具有:在下部具有一個或複數個噴射孔的臂690、與該臂690連結的流體流路691、支承臂690的擺動軸694。圖10(b)是表示臂690的下部的示意圖。在圖10(b)所示的示例中,在臂690的下部等間隔地形成有複數個噴射孔690a。作為流體流路691,能夠由軟管、或管或該等之組合而構成。FIG. 10( a ) is a perspective view showing the sprayer 34A. The sprayer 34A has an arm 690 having one or a plurality of spray holes in the lower part, a fluid flow path 691 connected to the arm 690, and a swing shaft 694 that supports the arm 690. FIG. 10( b ) is a schematic diagram showing the lower part of the arm 690 . In the example shown in FIG. 10( b ), a plurality of injection holes 690 a are formed at equal intervals in the lower part of the arm 690 . The fluid flow path 691 can be configured by a hose, a pipe, or a combination thereof.

圖11(a)是表示噴霧器34A的內部構造的側視圖,圖11(b)是表示噴霧器34A的俯視圖。流體流路691的開口端部與未圖示的流體供給管連接,而讓流體從該流體供給管供給至流體流路691。作為所使用的流體的示例,列舉液體(例如純水),或液體與氣體的混合流體(例如,純水與氮氣的混合流體)等。流體流路691與臂690的噴射孔690a連通,流體成為霧狀而從噴射孔690a被噴射至研磨墊10的研磨面。FIG. 11( a ) is a side view showing the internal structure of the nebulizer 34A, and FIG. 11( b ) is a plan view showing the nebulizer 34A. The open end of the fluid flow path 691 is connected to a fluid supply pipe (not shown), and fluid is supplied from the fluid supply pipe to the fluid flow path 691 . Examples of the fluid used include a liquid (for example, pure water), a mixed fluid of a liquid and a gas (for example, a mixed fluid of pure water and nitrogen), and the like. The fluid flow path 691 communicates with the injection hole 690 a of the arm 690 , and the fluid becomes mist and is injected from the injection hole 690 a to the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 .

如圖10(a)以及圖11(b)的虛線所示,臂690以擺動軸694為中心而能夠在清洗位置與退避位置之間迴旋。臂690的可動角度為約90°。通常,如圖1所示,臂690位於清洗位置,並沿研磨墊10的研磨面的徑向配置。在研磨墊10的更換等維護時,臂690由手動移動至退避位置。因此,在維護時不需要拆卸臂690,能夠提升維護性。此外,也可以將旋轉機構與擺動軸694連結,並藉由該旋轉機構使臂690迴旋。As shown by the dotted lines in FIG. 10( a ) and FIG. 11( b ), the arm 690 is pivotable between the cleaning position and the retreat position with the swing axis 694 as the center. The movable angle of the arm 690 is approximately 90°. Generally, as shown in FIG. 1 , the arm 690 is located in the cleaning position and is arranged along the radial direction of the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 . During maintenance such as replacement of the polishing pad 10, the arm 690 is manually moved to the retreat position. Therefore, there is no need to disassemble the arm 690 during maintenance, and maintainability can be improved. Alternatively, the rotation mechanism may be connected to the swing shaft 694 and the arm 690 may be rotated by the rotation mechanism.

如圖11(b)所示,在臂690的兩側面設有彼此形狀不同的兩個加強部件696、696。藉由設置這些加強部件696、696,當臂690在清洗位置與退避位置之間進行迴旋動作時,臂690的軸心不會大幅振動,而能夠有效進行霧化動作。另外,噴霧器34A具有用於固定臂690的迴旋位置(臂690能夠迴旋的角度範圍)的桿695。即,藉由操作桿695,而能夠符合條件地調整臂690所能夠迴旋的角度。當轉動桿695時,臂690能夠自由迴旋,由手動使臂690在清洗位置與退避位置之間移動。並且,當繫緊桿695時,臂690的位置在清洗位置與退避位置的任一位置固定。As shown in FIG. 11( b ), two reinforcing members 696 and 696 having different shapes are provided on both sides of the arm 690 . By providing these reinforcing members 696 and 696, when the arm 690 performs a swing motion between the cleaning position and the retreat position, the axis center of the arm 690 will not vibrate significantly, and the atomization motion can be effectively performed. In addition, the sprayer 34A has a lever 695 for fixing the swing position of the arm 690 (the angular range in which the arm 690 can swing). That is, by using the operation lever 695, the angle at which the arm 690 can rotate can be adjusted according to conditions. When the lever 695 is rotated, the arm 690 can rotate freely, and the arm 690 can be manually moved between the cleaning position and the retreat position. Furthermore, when the lever 695 is tightened, the position of the arm 690 is fixed in either the cleaning position or the retracted position.

噴霧器的臂690亦可作成能夠折疊的構造。具體而言,臂690也可由以接頭連結的至少兩個臂部件而構成。在該情況下,折疊時的臂部件彼此所成的角度為1°以上45°以下,宜為5°以上30°以下。當臂部件彼此所成的角度比45°大時,臂690所占的空間大,當不足1°時,得減小薄臂690的寬度,而機械強度會降低。在該示例中,臂690也可以構成為不繞擺動軸694旋轉。在研磨墊10的更換等維護時,藉由折疊臂690,而能讓噴霧器不會妨礙維護作業。作為其他變形例,可使噴霧器的臂690伸縮自如。在該例中,藉由在維護時縮短臂690,噴霧器因而不會成為妨礙。The arm 690 of the sprayer may also be configured to be foldable. Specifically, the arm 690 may be composed of at least two arm members connected by a joint. In this case, the angle formed by the arm members when folded is not less than 1° and not more than 45°, preferably not less than 5° and not more than 30°. When the angle between the arm components is greater than 45°, the arm 690 occupies a large space. When it is less than 1°, the width of the thin arm 690 must be reduced, and the mechanical strength will be reduced. In this example, the arm 690 may be configured not to rotate about the swing axis 694 . During maintenance such as replacement of the polishing pad 10, the folding arm 690 prevents the sprayer from interfering with the maintenance work. As another modification, the arm 690 of the sprayer can be made telescopic. In this example, by shortening the arm 690 during maintenance, the sprayer is therefore not in the way.

設置該噴霧器34A的目的在於藉由高壓的流體沖洗殘留在研磨墊10的研磨面的研磨屑、磨粒等。藉由以噴霧器34A的流體壓對研磨面的淨化和以修整器33A對研磨面的修整作業之機械的接觸,即能夠達成更好的修整,即研磨面的再生。通常在利用接觸型的修整器(金剛石修整器等)進行的修整後,大多以噴霧器進行研磨面的再生。The purpose of providing the sprayer 34A is to flush the grinding debris, abrasive grains, etc. remaining on the polishing surface of the polishing pad 10 with high-pressure fluid. By using the fluid pressure of the sprayer 34A to purify the polishing surface and the mechanical contact of the dresser 33A to dress the polishing surface, better dressing, that is, regeneration of the polishing surface can be achieved. Usually, after dressing with a contact type dresser (diamond dresser, etc.), the polished surface is often regenerated with a sprayer.

接著,關於用於搬運半導體晶圓的搬運機構,參照圖1進行說明。搬運機構具有升降器11、第一線性傳送裝置66、擺動傳送裝置12、第二線性傳送裝置67、暫存台180。Next, a conveyance mechanism for conveying a semiconductor wafer will be described with reference to FIG. 1 . The conveyance mechanism includes a lifter 11, a first linear conveyor 66, a swing conveyor 12, a second linear conveyor 67, and a buffer table 180.

升降器11從搬運用機器人22接收半導體晶圓。第一線性傳送裝置66將從升降器11接收的半導體晶圓在第一搬運位置TP1、第二搬運位置TP2、第三搬運位置TP3以及第四搬運位置TP4之間搬運。第一研磨單元3A以及第二研磨單元3B從第一線性傳送裝置66接收並研磨半導體晶圓。第一研磨單元3A以及第二研磨單元3B將經研磨的半導體晶圓交給第一線性傳送裝置66。The lifter 11 receives the semiconductor wafer from the transfer robot 22 . The first linear conveyor 66 conveys the semiconductor wafer received from the elevator 11 between the first conveyance position TP1 , the second conveyance position TP2 , the third conveyance position TP3 and the fourth conveyance position TP4 . The first polishing unit 3A and the second polishing unit 3B receive and polish the semiconductor wafer from the first linear conveyor 66 . The first polishing unit 3A and the second polishing unit 3B deliver the polished semiconductor wafer to the first linear conveyor 66 .

擺動傳送裝置12在第一線性傳送裝置66與第二線性傳送裝置67之間進行半導體晶圓的交接。第二線性傳送裝置67將從擺動傳送裝置12接收到的半導體晶圓在第五搬運位置TP5、第六搬運位置TP6以及第七搬運位置TP7之間進行搬運。第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D從第二線性傳送裝置67接收並研磨半導體晶圓。第三研磨單元3C以及第四研磨單元3D將經研磨的半導體晶圓交給第二線性傳送裝置67。藉由研磨單元3進行完研磨處理的半導體晶圓藉由擺動傳送裝置12往暫存台180放置。The swing transfer device 12 transfers semiconductor wafers between the first linear transfer device 66 and the second linear transfer device 67 . The second linear conveyor 67 conveys the semiconductor wafer received from the swing conveyor 12 between the fifth conveyance position TP5, the sixth conveyance position TP6, and the seventh conveyance position TP7. The third grinding unit 3C and the fourth grinding unit 3D receive and grind the semiconductor wafer from the second linear conveyor 67 . The third polishing unit 3C and the fourth polishing unit 3D deliver the polished semiconductor wafer to the second linear conveyor 67 . The semiconductor wafer that has been polished by the polishing unit 3 is placed on the temporary storage table 180 by the swing transfer device 12 .

圖12(a)是表示清洗部64的俯視圖,圖12(b)是表示清洗部64的側視圖。如圖12(a)以及圖12(b)所示,清洗部64劃分為第一清洗室190、第一搬運室191、第二清洗室192、第二搬運室193、及乾燥室194。在第一清洗室190內配置有沿縱向排列的上側一次清洗模組201A以及下側一次清洗模組201B。上側一次清洗模組201A配置在下側一次清洗模組201B的上方。同樣地,在第二清洗室192內配置有沿縱向排列的上側二次清洗模組202A以及下側二次清洗模組202B。上側二次清洗模組202A配置在下側二次清洗模組202B的上方。一次及二次清洗模組201A、201B、202A、202B是使用清洗液清洗半導體晶圓的清洗機。這些一次及二次清洗模組201A、201B、202A、202B係沿垂直方向排列,因此有佔用面積小的優點。FIG. 12( a ) is a plan view showing the cleaning unit 64 , and FIG. 12( b ) is a side view showing the cleaning unit 64 . As shown in FIGS. 12( a ) and 12 ( b ), the cleaning unit 64 is divided into a first cleaning chamber 190 , a first transfer chamber 191 , a second cleaning chamber 192 , a second transfer chamber 193 , and a drying chamber 194 . An upper primary cleaning module 201A and a lower primary cleaning module 201B are arranged in the first cleaning chamber 190 and are arranged in a longitudinal direction. The upper primary cleaning module 201A is arranged above the lower primary cleaning module 201B. Similarly, an upper secondary cleaning module 202A and a lower secondary cleaning module 202B arranged in a longitudinal direction are arranged in the second cleaning chamber 192 . The upper secondary cleaning module 202A is disposed above the lower secondary cleaning module 202B. The primary and secondary cleaning modules 201A, 201B, 202A, and 202B are cleaning machines that use cleaning fluid to clean semiconductor wafers. These primary and secondary cleaning modules 201A, 201B, 202A, and 202B are arranged in the vertical direction, so they have the advantage of occupying a small area.

在上側二次清洗元件202A與下側二次清洗元件202B之間設有半導體晶圓的暫存台203。在乾燥室194內配置有沿縱向排列的上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B。這些上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B彼此隔離。在上側乾燥模組205A以及下側乾燥模組205B的上部設有將清潔空氣分別向乾燥模組205A、205B內供給的過濾風扇單元207、207。上側一次清洗模組201A,下側一次清洗模組201B,上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗模組202B,暫存台203,上側乾燥模組205A,以及下側乾燥模組205B經由螺栓等固定於未圖示的框架。A temporary storage stage 203 for semiconductor wafers is provided between the upper secondary cleaning element 202A and the lower secondary cleaning element 202B. In the drying chamber 194, an upper drying module 205A and a lower drying module 205B are arranged in a longitudinal direction. These upper drying modules 205A and lower drying modules 205B are isolated from each other. Filter fan units 207 and 207 for supplying clean air into the drying modules 205A and 205B are provided above the upper drying module 205A and the lower drying module 205B, respectively. The upper primary cleaning module 201A, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, the lower secondary cleaning module 202B, the temporary storage table 203, the upper drying module 205A, and the lower drying module 205B It is fixed to the frame (not shown) via bolts etc.

在第一搬運室191配置有能夠上下移動的第一搬運用機器人209,在第二搬運室193配置有能夠上下移動的第二搬運用機器人210。第一搬運用機器人209以及第二搬運用機器人210分別移動自如地被支承於沿縱向延伸的支承軸211、212。在第一搬運用機器人209以及第二搬運用機器人210的內部具有馬達等驅動機構,並沿著支承軸211、212沿上下移動自如。第一搬運用機器人209與搬運用機器人22同樣地具有上下兩層機械手。如圖12(a)的虛線所示,第一搬運用機器人209的下側的機械手配置在能夠對上述暫存台180進行存取的位置。在第一搬運用機器人209的下側的機械手對暫存台180進行存取時,設於分隔壁1b的閘門(未圖示)打開。The first transportation robot 209 that can move up and down is arranged in the first transportation room 191 , and the second transportation robot 210 that can move up and down is arranged in the second transportation room 193 . The first transportation robot 209 and the second transportation robot 210 are respectively movably supported by support shafts 211 and 212 extending in the longitudinal direction. The first conveyance robot 209 and the second conveyance robot 210 have drive mechanisms such as motors inside, and can move vertically along the support shafts 211 and 212 . The first conveyance robot 209 has two upper and lower levels of robot arms like the conveyance robot 22 . As shown by the dotted line in FIG. 12( a ), the lower manipulator of the first transfer robot 209 is disposed at a position where the buffer table 180 can be accessed. When the lower robot arm of the first transfer robot 209 accesses the buffer table 180 , a shutter (not shown) provided in the partition wall 1 b is opened.

第一搬運用機器人209係作動來在暫存台180,上側一次清洗模組201A,下側一次清洗模組201B,暫存台203,上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗元件202B之間搬運半導體晶圓16。在搬運清洗前的半導體晶圓(附著有漿料的半導體晶圓)時,第一搬運用機器人209使用下側的機械手,在搬運清洗後的半導體晶圓時使用上側的機械手。第二搬運用機器人210係作動來在上側二次清洗模組202A,下側二次清洗模組202B,暫存台203,上側乾燥元件205A,下側乾燥元件205B之間搬運半導體晶圓16。由於第二搬運用機器人210僅搬運清洗後的半導體晶圓,僅具有一個機械手。圖1所示的搬運用機器人22使用其上側的機械手從上側乾燥元件205A或下側乾燥元件205B取出半導體晶圓,將該半導體晶圓放回晶圓盒。在搬運用機器人22的上側機械手對乾燥元件205A、205B進行存取時,設於分隔壁1a的閘門(未圖示)打開。The first transfer robot 209 operates to store the temporary storage table 180, the upper primary cleaning module 201A, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the temporary storage table 203, the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, and the lower secondary cleaning element 202B. The semiconductor wafer 16 is transported therebetween. The first transfer robot 209 uses the lower robot arm when transporting the semiconductor wafer before cleaning (semiconductor wafer to which slurry is attached), and uses the upper robot arm when transporting the semiconductor wafer after cleaning. The second transport robot 210 operates to transport the semiconductor wafer 16 between the upper secondary cleaning module 202A, the lower secondary cleaning module 202B, the buffer table 203, the upper drying element 205A, and the lower drying element 205B. Since the second transport robot 210 only transports the cleaned semiconductor wafer, it only has one robot arm. The transfer robot 22 shown in FIG. 1 uses its upper robot arm to take out the semiconductor wafer from the upper drying element 205A or the lower drying element 205B, and returns the semiconductor wafer to the wafer cassette. When the upper robot arm of the transportation robot 22 accesses the drying elements 205A and 205B, the shutter (not shown) provided in the partition wall 1a is opened.

清洗部64由於具有兩台一次清洗模組以及兩台二次清洗模組,因此能夠構成並列清洗複數個半導體晶圓的複數個清洗線路。「清洗線路」是指,在清洗部64的內部,一個半導體晶圓在藉由複數個清洗元件而被清洗時的移動路徑。例如,如圖13所示,能夠按照第一搬運用機器人209,上側一次清洗模組201A,第一搬運用機器人209,上側二次清洗元件202A,第二搬運用機器人210,然後上側乾燥元件205A的順序搬運一個半導體晶圓(參照清洗線路1),與此並列,能夠按照第一搬運用機器人209,下側一次清洗模組201B,第一搬運用機器人209,下側二次清洗元件202B,第二搬運用機器人210,然後下側乾燥元件205B的順序搬運其他的半導體晶圓(參照清洗線路2)。如上所述利用兩個並列的清洗線路,能夠幾乎同時地清洗以及乾燥複數個(典型為兩個)半導體晶圓。Since the cleaning unit 64 has two primary cleaning modules and two secondary cleaning modules, it can constitute a plurality of cleaning lines for cleaning a plurality of semiconductor wafers in parallel. The "cleaning line" refers to a moving path when a semiconductor wafer is cleaned by a plurality of cleaning elements inside the cleaning unit 64 . For example, as shown in FIG. 13 , the first transportation robot 209 , the upper primary cleaning module 201A, the first transportation robot 209 , the upper secondary cleaning element 202A, the second transportation robot 210 , and then the upper drying element 205A A semiconductor wafer is transported in this order (see cleaning line 1). In parallel with this, the first transport robot 209, the lower primary cleaning module 201B, the first transport robot 209, and the lower secondary cleaning element 202B, The second transport robot 210 transports other semiconductor wafers in this order, and then the lower drying element 205B (see cleaning line 2). As described above, using two parallel cleaning lines, a plurality of (typically two) semiconductor wafers can be cleaned and dried almost simultaneously.

接著,對上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B的結構進行說明。上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B都是進行旋轉移動乾燥的乾燥機。上側乾燥元件205A以及下側乾燥元件205B具有相同結構,因此以下對上側乾燥元件205A進行說明。圖14是表示上側乾燥模組205A的縱剖面圖,圖15是表示上側乾燥模組205A的俯視圖。上側乾燥元件205A具有:基台401、及支承於該基台401的四個圓筒狀的基板支承部件402。基台401固定於旋轉軸406的上端,並且該旋轉軸406藉由軸承405被旋轉自如地支承。軸承405固定在平行地延伸於旋轉軸406的圓筒體407的內周面。圓筒體407的下端安裝於架台409,其位置被固定。旋轉軸406經由帶輪411、412以及帶414與馬達415連結,藉由驅動馬達415,讓基台401以其軸心為中心旋轉。Next, the structures of the upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B will be described. The upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B are dryers that perform rotational movement drying. The upper drying element 205A and the lower drying element 205B have the same structure, so the upper drying element 205A will be described below. FIG. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the upper drying module 205A, and FIG. 15 is a plan view showing the upper drying module 205A. The upper drying element 205A has a base 401 and four cylindrical substrate support members 402 supported by the base 401 . The base 401 is fixed to the upper end of the rotation shaft 406, and the rotation shaft 406 is rotatably supported by the bearing 405. The bearing 405 is fixed to the inner peripheral surface of the cylindrical body 407 extending parallel to the rotation axis 406 . The lower end of the cylinder 407 is mounted on the stand 409, and its position is fixed. The rotating shaft 406 is connected to the motor 415 via the pulleys 411 and 412 and the belt 414. By driving the motor 415, the base 401 is rotated around its axis.

在基台401的上表面固定有旋轉罩450。此外,圖14表示旋轉罩450的縱剖面圖。旋轉罩450配置為包圍半導體晶圓16的整周。旋轉罩450的縱剖視形狀向徑向內側傾斜。另外,旋轉罩450的縱剖面圖由平滑的曲線構成。旋轉罩450的上端接近半導體晶圓16,旋轉罩450的上端的內徑設定為比半導體晶圓16的直徑稍大。另外,在旋轉罩450的上端與各個基板支承部件402對應地形成有延著基板支承部件402的外周面形狀的切口450a。在旋轉罩450的底面形成有傾斜延伸的液體排出孔451。A rotating cover 450 is fixed to the upper surface of the base 401 . In addition, FIG. 14 shows a longitudinal sectional view of the rotation cover 450. The rotation cover 450 is disposed to surround the entire circumference of the semiconductor wafer 16 . The longitudinal cross-sectional shape of the rotary cover 450 is inclined radially inward. In addition, the longitudinal cross-sectional view of the rotation cover 450 is composed of a smooth curve. The upper end of the rotating cover 450 is close to the semiconductor wafer 16 , and the inner diameter of the upper end of the rotating cover 450 is set to be slightly larger than the diameter of the semiconductor wafer 16 . In addition, a cutout 450 a extending along the shape of the outer peripheral surface of the substrate support member 402 is formed at the upper end of the rotation cover 450 corresponding to each substrate support member 402 . A liquid discharge hole 451 extending obliquely is formed on the bottom surface of the rotating cover 450 .

在半導體晶圓16的上方配置有前部噴嘴454,前部噴嘴454供給純水至半導體晶圓16的表面(前面)作為清洗液。前部噴嘴454配置成朝向半導體晶圓16的中心。該前部噴嘴454與未圖示的純水供給源(清洗液供給源)連接,讓純水藉由前部噴嘴454供給至半導體晶圓16的表面的中心。作為清洗液,除了純水以外,列舉藥液。另外,在半導體晶圓16的上方並列配置有用於執行旋轉移動乾燥的兩個噴嘴460、461。噴嘴460用於供給IPA蒸汽(異丙醇與N2氣體的混合氣)至半導體晶圓16的表面,噴嘴461為了防止半導體晶圓16的表面的乾燥而供給純水。這些噴嘴460、461構成為能夠沿半導體晶圓16的徑向移動。A front nozzle 454 is arranged above the semiconductor wafer 16 , and the front nozzle 454 supplies pure water to the surface (front surface) of the semiconductor wafer 16 as a cleaning liquid. Front nozzle 454 is disposed toward the center of semiconductor wafer 16 . The front nozzle 454 is connected to a pure water supply source (cleaning liquid supply source) (not shown), and pure water is supplied to the center of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 through the front nozzle 454 . Examples of the cleaning liquid include chemical liquids in addition to pure water. In addition, two nozzles 460 and 461 for performing rotational movement drying are arranged in parallel above the semiconductor wafer 16 . The nozzle 460 supplies IPA vapor (a mixture of isopropyl alcohol and N2 gas) to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 , and the nozzle 461 supplies pure water to prevent the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 from drying. These nozzles 460 and 461 are configured to be movable in the radial direction of the semiconductor wafer 16 .

在旋轉軸406的內部配置有與清洗液供給源465連接的後部噴嘴463、與乾燥氣體供給源466連接的氣體噴嘴464。在清洗液供給源465存留有純水作為清洗液,藉由後部噴嘴463來供給純水至半導體晶圓16的背面。另外,在乾燥氣體供給源466,存留有N2氣體或乾燥空氣等作為乾燥氣體,藉由氣體噴嘴464來供給乾燥氣體至半導體晶圓16的背面。Arranged inside the rotating shaft 406 are a rear nozzle 463 connected to a cleaning liquid supply source 465 and a gas nozzle 464 connected to a dry gas supply source 466 . Pure water is stored in the cleaning liquid supply source 465 as the cleaning liquid, and the pure water is supplied to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 through the rear nozzle 463 . In addition, the dry gas supply source 466 stores N2 gas, dry air, or the like as dry gas, and the dry gas is supplied to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 through the gas nozzle 464 .

接著,停止來自前部噴嘴454的純水的供給,使前部噴嘴454移動至離開半導體晶圓16的指定的待機位置,並且使兩個噴嘴460、461移動至半導體晶圓16的上方的作業位置。然後,一邊使半導體晶圓16以30~150min-1的速度低速旋轉,一邊從噴嘴460供給IPA蒸氣至半導體晶圓16的表面,並且從噴嘴461供給純水至半導體晶圓16的表面。此時,也從後部噴嘴463供給純水至半導體晶圓16的背面。然後,使兩個噴嘴460、461同時沿半導體晶圓16的徑向移動。由此,半導體晶圓16的表面(上表面)被乾燥。Next, the supply of pure water from the front nozzle 454 is stopped, the front nozzle 454 is moved to a designated standby position away from the semiconductor wafer 16 , and the two nozzles 460 and 461 are moved above the semiconductor wafer 16 Location. Then, while the semiconductor wafer 16 is rotated at a low speed of 30 to 150 min-1, IPA vapor is supplied from the nozzle 460 to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16, and pure water is supplied from the nozzle 461 to the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16. At this time, pure water is also supplied from the rear nozzle 463 to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 . Then, the two nozzles 460 and 461 are simultaneously moved in the radial direction of the semiconductor wafer 16 . Thereby, the surface (upper surface) of the semiconductor wafer 16 is dried.

之後,使兩個噴嘴460、461移動至指定的待機位置,停止來自後部噴嘴463的純水的供給。然後,使半導體晶圓16以1000~1500min-1的速度高速旋轉,將附著於半導體晶圓16的背面的純水振落。此時,從氣體噴嘴464吹附乾燥氣體至半導體晶圓16的背面。如此一來,半導體晶圓16的背面被乾燥。藉由圖1所示的搬運用機器人22從乾燥元件205A取出乾燥後的半導體晶圓16,並使其返回晶圓盒。如此,對半導體晶圓進行包括研磨、清洗以及乾燥的一系列處理。根據如上所述地構成的乾燥元件205A,能夠迅速並且有效地乾燥半導體晶圓16的兩個面,另外,能夠準確地控制乾燥處理的結束時點。因此,用於乾燥處理的處理時間不會成為清洗工序整體的限速工序。另外,形成於清洗部4的上述複數個清洗線路中的處理時間能夠平均化,能夠提升工序整體的產出。Thereafter, the two nozzles 460 and 461 are moved to a designated standby position, and the supply of pure water from the rear nozzle 463 is stopped. Then, the semiconductor wafer 16 is rotated at a high speed at a speed of 1000 to 1500 min -1 to shake off the pure water attached to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 . At this time, the dry gas is blown from the gas nozzle 464 to the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 . In this way, the back surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 is dried. The dried semiconductor wafer 16 is taken out from the drying element 205A by the transport robot 22 shown in FIG. 1 and returned to the wafer cassette. In this way, the semiconductor wafer is subjected to a series of processes including grinding, cleaning and drying. According to the drying element 205A configured as described above, both surfaces of the semiconductor wafer 16 can be dried quickly and effectively, and the end point of the drying process can be accurately controlled. Therefore, the processing time for the drying process does not become a speed-limiting process of the entire cleaning process. In addition, the processing time in the plurality of cleaning lines formed in the cleaning unit 4 can be averaged, and the throughput of the entire process can be improved.

根據本實施方式,在將半導體晶圓搬入研磨裝置時(裝載前),半導體晶圓處於乾燥狀態,在研磨和清洗結束後,在卸載前,半導體晶圓成為乾燥狀態,並被基板盒卸載。能夠將乾燥狀態的半導體晶從研磨裝置放入盒,並取出。即,能夠乾燥進入/乾燥取出。According to this embodiment, the semiconductor wafer is in a dry state when the semiconductor wafer is loaded into the polishing apparatus (before loading). After polishing and cleaning are completed, the semiconductor wafer is in a dry state before unloading and is unloaded from the substrate cassette. The dry semiconductor crystal can be put into the cassette from the grinding device and taken out. That is, dry entry/dry removal is possible.

放置到暫存台180的半導體晶圓經由第一搬運室191搬運往第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192。半導體晶圓在第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192中進行清洗處理。在第一清洗室190或第二清洗室192中經清洗處理的半導體晶圓經由第二搬運室193搬運往乾燥室194。半導體晶圓在乾燥室194進行乾燥處理。藉由搬運用機器人22從乾燥室194取出經乾燥處理的半導體晶圓而返回盒。The semiconductor wafer placed on the buffer table 180 is transported to the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192 via the first transport chamber 191 . The semiconductor wafer is cleaned in the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192 . The semiconductor wafer that has been cleaned in the first cleaning chamber 190 or the second cleaning chamber 192 is transported to the drying chamber 194 through the second transport chamber 193 . The semiconductor wafer is dried in the drying chamber 194 . The dried semiconductor wafer is taken out from the drying chamber 194 by the transportation robot 22 and returned to the cassette.

圖16是表示本發明的一實施方式的研磨單元(研磨裝置)的整體結構的概略圖。如圖16所示,研磨裝置具有研磨台30A和保持研磨對象物即半導體晶圓等基板,並將基板按壓到研磨臺上的研磨面之頂環31A(保持部)。FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing the overall structure of a polishing unit (polishing device) according to an embodiment of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 16 , the polishing device includes a polishing table 30A and a top ring 31A (holding portion) that holds a substrate such as a semiconductor wafer that is a polishing object and presses the substrate against the polishing surface of the polishing table.

第一研磨單元3A是用於在研磨墊10和與研磨墊10相對配置的半導體晶圓16之間進行研磨的研磨單元。第一研磨單元3A具有:用於保持研磨墊10的研磨台30A、用於保持半導體晶圓16的頂環31A。第一研磨單元3A具有:用於保持頂環31A的擺動臂110、用於使擺動臂110擺動的擺動軸馬達14、供給驅動電力至擺動軸馬達14的驅動器18。進一步地,第一研磨單元3A具有檢測施加到擺動臂110的臂轉矩之臂轉矩檢測部26和基於臂轉矩檢測部26檢測出的臂轉矩26a來檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點之終點檢測部28,。終點檢測部28使用臂轉矩檢測部26的輸出以及後述的電流檢測部810的輸出中的至少一個來檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點。The first polishing unit 3A is a polishing unit for polishing between the polishing pad 10 and the semiconductor wafer 16 arranged to face the polishing pad 10 . The first polishing unit 3A includes a polishing table 30A for holding the polishing pad 10 and a top ring 31A for holding the semiconductor wafer 16 . The first polishing unit 3A has a swing arm 110 for holding the top ring 31A, a swing shaft motor 14 for swinging the swing arm 110, and a driver 18 that supplies driving power to the swing shaft motor 14. Furthermore, the first polishing unit 3A has an arm torque detection unit 26 that detects the arm torque applied to the swing arm 110 and detects a polishing end point indicating the end of polishing based on the arm torque 26 a detected by the arm torque detection unit 26 . The end point detection part 28. The end point detection unit 28 detects the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing using at least one of the output of the arm torque detection unit 26 and the output of the current detection unit 810 described below.

參照圖16~圖48對本實施方式進行說明,在將頂環保持於擺動臂的端部的方式中,能夠提高研磨終點檢測的精度。在本實施方式中,能夠採用基於渦電流的方法,基於臂轉矩的方法,檢測並利用對研磨台或頂環進行旋轉驅動的驅動部的驅動負荷的方法作為研磨終點檢測手段。在本實施方式中,在將頂環保持在擺動臂的端部的方式中,主要以基於渦電流進行研磨終點檢測進行說明,但也能夠基於渦電流臂轉矩檢測研磨終點,或者對使研磨台或頂環旋轉驅動的驅動部的驅動負荷進行檢測而檢測研磨終點。This embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 16 to 48 . By retaining the top ring at the end of the swing arm, the precision of the polishing end point detection can be improved. In this embodiment, a method based on eddy currents, a method based on arm torque, and a method of detecting and utilizing the driving load of the driving unit that rotates the polishing table or the top ring can be used as the polishing end point detection means. In this embodiment, in the manner in which the top ring is held at the end of the swing arm, the polishing end point is mainly detected based on eddy current. However, the polishing end point can also be detected based on the eddy current arm torque, or the polishing end point can be detected. The driving load of the driving unit that drives the table or the top ring to rotate is detected to detect the polishing end point.

保持部、擺動臂、臂驅動部、終點檢測部構成組,具有相同結構的組分別設於第一研磨單元3A、第二研磨單元3B、第三研磨單元3C、第四研磨單元3D。The holding part, the swing arm, the arm driving part, and the end point detection part constitute a group, and groups with the same structure are respectively provided in the first grinding unit 3A, the second grinding unit 3B, the third grinding unit 3C, and the fourth grinding unit 3D.

研磨台30A經由台軸102與配置於其下方的驅動部即馬達M3(參照圖2)連結,而能夠繞該台軸102旋轉。在研磨台30A的上表面貼附有研磨墊10,研磨墊10的表面101構成對半導體晶圓16進行研磨的研磨面。在研磨台30A的上方設置有研磨液供給噴嘴(未圖示的),藉由研磨液供給噴嘴供給研磨液Q至研磨台30A上的研磨墊10。如圖16所示,在研磨台30A的內部埋設有使渦電流產生於半導體晶圓16內,並且由檢測該渦電流而能夠檢測研磨終點之渦電流式檢測器50。The grinding table 30A is connected to the motor M3 (refer to FIG. 2 ) that is a drive unit disposed below the table axis 102 and is rotatable around the table axis 102 . The polishing pad 10 is attached to the upper surface of the polishing table 30A, and the surface 101 of the polishing pad 10 constitutes a polishing surface for polishing the semiconductor wafer 16 . A polishing liquid supply nozzle (not shown) is provided above the polishing table 30A, and the polishing liquid Q is supplied to the polishing pad 10 on the polishing table 30A through the polishing liquid supply nozzle. As shown in FIG. 16 , an eddy current detector 50 that generates an eddy current in the semiconductor wafer 16 and detects the polishing end point is embedded in the polishing table 30A.

頂環31A由將半導體晶圓16相對於研磨面101進行按壓的頂環主體24、及保持半導體晶圓16的外周緣讓半導體晶圓16不從頂環飛出的擋環23所構成。The top ring 31A is composed of a top ring main body 24 that presses the semiconductor wafer 16 against the polishing surface 101 and a stop ring 23 that holds the outer peripheral edge of the semiconductor wafer 16 so that the semiconductor wafer 16 does not fly out from the top ring.

頂環31A與頂環軸111連接。頂環軸111藉由未圖示的上下移動機構而相對於擺動臂110上下移動。藉由頂環軸111的上下移動,使頂環31A整體相對於擺動臂110升降並定位。The top ring 31A is connected to the top ring shaft 111. The top ring shaft 111 moves up and down relative to the swing arm 110 by an up and down movement mechanism (not shown). By the up and down movement of the top ring shaft 111, the entire top ring 31A is raised, lowered and positioned relative to the swing arm 110.

另外,頂環軸111經由鍵(未圖示)連結於旋轉筒112。該旋轉筒112在其外周部具有時序帶輪113。在擺動臂110固定有頂環用馬達114。上述時序帶輪113經由時序帶115與設於頂環用馬達114的時序帶輪116連接。在頂環用馬達114旋轉時,經由時序帶輪116、時序帶115以及時序帶輪113使旋轉筒112以及頂環軸111一體旋轉,從而使頂環31A旋轉。In addition, the top ring shaft 111 is connected to the rotating cylinder 112 via a key (not shown). This rotating drum 112 has a timing pulley 113 on its outer peripheral portion. A top ring motor 114 is fixed to the swing arm 110 . The timing pulley 113 is connected to the timing pulley 116 provided in the top ring motor 114 via a timing belt 115 . When the top ring motor 114 rotates, the rotating drum 112 and the top ring shaft 111 are integrally rotated via the timing pulley 116 , the timing belt 115 , and the timing pulley 113 , thereby rotating the top ring 31A.

擺動臂110與擺動軸馬達14的旋轉軸連接。擺動軸馬達14固定於擺動臂軸117。因此,擺動臂110被支承為相對於擺動臂軸117能夠旋轉。The swing arm 110 is connected to the rotation shaft of the swing shaft motor 14 . The swing shaft motor 14 is fixed to the swing arm shaft 117 . Therefore, the swing arm 110 is supported rotatably with respect to the swing arm shaft 117 .

頂環31A能夠在其下表面保持半導體晶圓16等基板。擺動臂110能夠以擺動臂軸117為中心迴旋。在下表面保持有半導體晶圓16的頂環31A藉由擺動臂110的迴旋,從半導體晶圓16的接收位置移動到研磨台30A的上方。然後,使頂環31A下降,而將半導體晶圓16按壓至研磨墊10的表面(研磨面)101。此時,分別使頂環31A以及研磨台30A旋轉。同時,從設於研磨台30A的上方的研磨液供給噴嘴供給研磨液至研磨墊10上。這樣,使半導體晶圓16與研磨墊10的研磨面101滑動接觸,對半導體晶圓16的表面進行研磨。The top ring 31A can hold a substrate such as the semiconductor wafer 16 on its lower surface. The swing arm 110 is swingable around the swing arm axis 117 . The top ring 31A holding the semiconductor wafer 16 on its lower surface moves from the receiving position of the semiconductor wafer 16 to above the polishing table 30A by the rotation of the swing arm 110 . Then, the top ring 31A is lowered to press the semiconductor wafer 16 against the surface (polishing surface) 101 of the polishing pad 10 . At this time, the top ring 31A and the grinding table 30A are rotated respectively. At the same time, the polishing liquid is supplied to the polishing pad 10 from the polishing liquid supply nozzle provided above the polishing table 30A. In this way, the semiconductor wafer 16 is brought into sliding contact with the polishing surface 101 of the polishing pad 10, and the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 is polished.

第一研磨單元3A具有驅動研磨台30A旋轉的台驅動部(未圖示)。第一研磨單元3A也可以具有對施加到研磨台30A的台轉矩進行檢測的台轉矩檢測部(未圖示)。台轉矩檢測部能夠從旋轉馬達即台驅動部的電流檢測台轉矩。終點檢測部28也可以僅從渦電流式檢測器50所檢測到的渦電流檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點,終點檢測部28也可以考慮臂轉矩檢測部26所檢測到的臂轉矩26a、台轉矩,檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點。The first polishing unit 3A has a table drive unit (not shown) that drives the polishing table 30A to rotate. The first polishing unit 3A may include a table torque detection unit (not shown) that detects table torque applied to the polishing table 30A. The table torque detection unit can detect the table torque from the current of the table drive unit which is the rotation motor. The end point detection unit 28 may detect the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing only from the eddy current detected by the eddy current detector 50 , or the end point detection unit 28 may take the arm torque 26 a detected by the arm torque detection unit 26 into consideration. , table torque, detects the grinding end point indicating the end of grinding.

接著,關於本發明的研磨裝置所具有的渦電流式檢測器50,參照附圖進行詳細說明。圖17是表示渦電流式檢測器50的結構的圖,圖17(a)是表示渦電流式檢測器50的結構的方塊圖,圖17(b)是渦電流式檢測器50的等價電路圖。Next, the eddy current detector 50 included in the polishing device of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the drawings. FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the structure of the eddy current type detector 50. FIG. 17(a) is a block diagram showing the structure of the eddy current type detector 50. FIG. 17(b) is an equivalent circuit diagram of the eddy current type detector 50. .

如圖17(a)所示,渦電流式檢測器50配置於檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的附近,在其線圈連接有交流訊號源52。在此,檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf例如為形成於半導體晶圓W上的Cu,Al,Au,W等薄膜。渦電流式檢測器50相對於檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜),例如配置在1.0~4.0mm左右的附近。As shown in FIG. 17( a ), the eddy current detector 50 is arranged near the metal film (or conductive film) mf of the detection target, and the AC signal source 52 is connected to its coil. Here, the detection target metal film (or conductive film) mf is, for example, a thin film such as Cu, Al, Au, or W formed on the semiconductor wafer W. The eddy current detector 50 is arranged, for example, about 1.0 to 4.0 mm away from the metal film (or conductive film) of the detection target.

渦電流檢測器中,藉由在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf產生渦電流,有振盪頻率改變,從該頻率改變檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)之頻率型和阻抗改變,根據該阻抗改變檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)之阻抗型。。即,在頻率型中,在圖17(b)所示的等價電路中,在渦電流I2改變下,當阻抗Z改變且而訊號源(可變頻率振盪器)52的振盪頻率改變時,能夠以檢波電路54檢測該振盪頻率的改變,並能夠檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的改變。在阻抗型中,在圖17(b)所示的等價電路中,在渦電流I2改變下,當阻抗Z改變而從訊號源(固定頻率振盪器)52所看到的阻抗Z改變時,能夠以檢波電路54檢測該阻抗Z的改變,並能夠檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的改變。In the eddy current detector, by generating eddy current in the metal film (or conductive film) mf, the oscillation frequency changes. From this frequency change, the frequency pattern and impedance change of the metal film (or conductive film) are detected, and based on the impedance Change the impedance type of the detection metal film (or conductive film). . That is, in the frequency type, in the equivalent circuit shown in FIG. 17(b), when the eddy current I2 changes, when the impedance Z changes and the oscillation frequency of the signal source (variable frequency oscillator) 52 changes, The detection circuit 54 can detect the change in the oscillation frequency and can detect the change in the metal film (or conductive film). In the impedance type, in the equivalent circuit shown in Figure 17(b), when the eddy current I2 changes, when the impedance Z changes and the impedance Z seen from the signal source (fixed frequency oscillator) 52 changes, The detection circuit 54 can detect the change in the impedance Z, and can detect the change in the metal film (or conductive film).

在阻抗型的渦電流檢測器中,如後所述取出訊號輸出X、Y、相位、合成阻抗Z。從頻率F或阻抗X,Y等,得到金屬膜(或導電性膜)Cu,Al,Au,W的測定資訊。渦電流式檢測器50能夠如圖16所示那樣內置於研磨台30A的內部的表面附近的位置,渦電流式檢測器50位於經由研磨墊與研磨標的的半導體晶圓相對的位置,並從流過半導體晶圓上的金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流來檢測金屬膜(或導電性膜)的變化。In the impedance type eddy current detector, the signal outputs X, Y, phase, and combined impedance Z are taken out as described later. From the frequency F or the impedance X, Y, etc., the measurement information of the metal film (or conductive film) Cu, Al, Au, W can be obtained. The eddy current detector 50 can be built in a position near the surface inside the polishing table 30A as shown in FIG. Changes in the metal film (or conductive film) are detected through the eddy current of the metal film (or conductive film) on the semiconductor wafer.

渦電流檢測器的頻率能夠利用單一電波、混合電波、AM調製電波、FM調製電波、函數發生器的掃描輸出或複數個振盪頻率源,宜適合於金屬膜的膜種類,選擇靈敏度好的振盪頻率、調製方式。The frequency of the eddy current detector can use a single radio wave, a mixed radio wave, an AM modulated radio wave, an FM modulated radio wave, the scan output of a function generator, or multiple oscillation frequency sources. It should be suitable for the type of metal film and choose an oscillation frequency with good sensitivity. , modulation method.

以下對阻抗型的渦電流檢測器進行具體說明。交流訊號源52使用2~30MHz左右的固定頻率的振盪器,例如水晶振盪器。並且,藉由由交流訊號源52供給的交流電壓,電流I1流至渦電流式檢測器50。以電流流至配置於金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的附近的渦電流式檢測器50的方式,並以使該磁通與金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf交鏈的方式而在其間形成互感M,並使渦電流I2在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf中流動。在此,R1為包括渦電流檢測器的一次側的等價阻抗,L1是同樣地包含渦電流檢測器的一次側的自感。在金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf側,R2為相當於渦電流損失的等價阻抗,L2是其自感。從交流訊號源52的端子a,b看到渦電流檢測器側的阻抗Z依形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf中的渦電流損失的大小而改變。The impedance type eddy current detector will be described in detail below. The AC signal source 52 uses a fixed frequency oscillator of approximately 2 to 30 MHz, such as a crystal oscillator. Furthermore, the current I1 flows to the eddy current detector 50 by the AC voltage supplied from the AC signal source 52 . The current flows to the eddy current detector 50 arranged near the metal film (or conductive film) mf, and the magnetic flux interlinks with the metal film (or conductive film) mf. Mutual inductance M is formed, and eddy current I2 flows in the metal film (or conductive film) mf. Here, R1 is the equivalent impedance including the primary side of the eddy current detector, and L1 is the self-inductance similarly including the primary side of the eddy current detector. On the mf side of the metal film (or conductive film), R2 is the equivalent impedance equivalent to the eddy current loss, and L2 is its self-inductance. It can be seen from the terminals a and b of the AC signal source 52 that the impedance Z on the eddy current detector side changes depending on the size of the eddy current loss formed in the metal film (or conductive film) mf.

圖18、19是表示本實施方式的渦電流式檢測器50的構成例的概略圖。配置在形成有導電性膜的基板的附近的渦電流式檢測器50由罐形芯60、六個線圈860、862、864、866、868、870構成。作為磁性體的罐形芯60具有:底面部61a(底部磁性體)、設於底面部61a的中央的磁心部61b(中央磁性體)、及設於底面部61a的周邊部的周壁部61c(周邊部磁性體)。周壁部61c是設於底面部61a的周邊部來包圍磁心部61b的壁部。在本實施方式中,底面部61a為圓形的盤形狀,磁心部61b為實心的圓柱形狀,周壁部61c為包圍底面部61a的筒形狀。18 and 19 are schematic diagrams showing a configuration example of the eddy current detector 50 according to this embodiment. The eddy current detector 50 arranged near the substrate on which the conductive film is formed is composed of a can core 60 and six coils 860, 862, 864, 866, 868, and 870. The can-shaped core 60 as a magnetic material has a bottom portion 61a (bottom magnetic material), a magnetic core portion 61b (central magnetic material) provided in the center of the bottom portion 61a, and a peripheral wall portion 61c ( Peripheral magnetic body). The peripheral wall part 61c is a wall part provided at the peripheral part of the bottom surface part 61a, and surrounds the magnetic core part 61b. In this embodiment, the bottom portion 61a has a circular disk shape, the magnetic core portion 61b has a solid cylindrical shape, and the peripheral wall portion 61c has a cylindrical shape surrounding the bottom portion 61a.

所述六個線圈860、862、864、866、868、870中的中央的線圈860、862是與交流訊號源52連接的勵磁線圈。藉由由交流訊號源52供給的電壓形成的磁場,該勵磁線圈860、862在配置於附近的半導體晶圓W上的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf形成渦電流。在勵磁線圈860、862的金屬膜側配置有檢測線圈864、866,對由形成於金屬膜的渦電流所產生的磁場進行檢測。夾著勵磁線圈860、862在與檢測線圈864、866相反的一側配置有虛擬線圈868、870。The central coils 860 and 862 among the six coils 860 , 862 , 864 , 866 , 868 , and 870 are excitation coils connected to the AC signal source 52 . The excitation coils 860 and 862 generate eddy currents in the metal film (or conductive film) mf arranged on the nearby semiconductor wafer W by the magnetic field formed by the voltage supplied from the AC signal source 52 . Detection coils 864 and 866 are arranged on the metal film side of the excitation coils 860 and 862 to detect the magnetic field generated by the eddy current formed in the metal film. Virtual coils 868 and 870 are arranged on the opposite side to the detection coils 864 and 866 across the excitation coils 860 and 862 .

勵磁線圈860是配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠產生磁場的內部線圈,並於導電性膜形成渦電流。勵磁線圈862為配置在周壁部61c的外周,能夠產生磁場的外部線圈,並於導電性膜形成渦電流。檢測線圈864配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠檢測磁場,並檢測形成於導電性膜的渦電流。檢測線圈866配置在周壁部61c的外周,能夠檢測磁場,並檢測形成於導電性膜的渦電流。The excitation coil 860 is an internal coil arranged on the outer periphery of the magnetic core portion 61b and capable of generating a magnetic field and forming an eddy current in the conductive film. The excitation coil 862 is an external coil arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral wall portion 61c and capable of generating a magnetic field and forming an eddy current in the conductive film. The detection coil 864 is arranged on the outer periphery of the magnetic core portion 61b and can detect the magnetic field and the eddy current formed in the conductive film. The detection coil 866 is arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral wall portion 61c and can detect a magnetic field and eddy current formed in the conductive film.

渦電流檢測器具有對形成於導電性膜的渦電流進行檢測的虛擬線圈868、870。虛擬線圈868配置於磁心部61b的外周,能夠檢測磁場。虛擬線圈870配置於周壁部61c的外周,能夠檢測磁場。在本實施方式中,檢測線圈和虛擬線圈配置在底面部61a的外周以及周壁部61c的外周,但檢測線圈和虛擬線圈也可以僅配置在底面部61a的外周以及周壁部61c的外周的一方。The eddy current detector includes virtual coils 868 and 870 that detect eddy currents formed in the conductive film. The virtual coil 868 is arranged on the outer periphery of the magnetic core portion 61b and can detect a magnetic field. The virtual coil 870 is arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral wall portion 61c and can detect a magnetic field. In this embodiment, the detection coil and the dummy coil are arranged on the outer periphery of the bottom portion 61a and the peripheral wall portion 61c. However, the detection coil and the dummy coil may be arranged on only one of the outer periphery of the bottom portion 61a and the peripheral wall portion 61c.

磁心部61b的軸向與基板上的導電性膜正交,檢測線圈864、866和勵磁線圈860、862以及虛擬線圈868、870配置在磁心部61b的軸向上不同的位置,並且在磁心部61b的軸向上,從靠近基板上的導電性膜的位置向遠離的位置,按照檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870的順序配置。從檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870分別引出用於與外部連接的引線(未圖示)。The axial direction of the magnetic core portion 61b is orthogonal to the conductive film on the substrate. The detection coils 864 and 866, the excitation coils 860 and 862, and the dummy coils 868 and 870 are arranged at different positions in the axial direction of the magnetic core portion 61b. In the axial direction of 61b, detection coils 864 and 866, excitation coils 860 and 862, and dummy coils 868 and 870 are arranged in this order from a position close to the conductive film on the substrate to a position farther away. Lead wires (not shown) for external connection are respectively led from the detection coils 864 and 866, the excitation coils 860 and 862, and the dummy coils 868 and 870.

圖18是通過磁心部61b的中心軸872的平面的剖面圖。作為磁性體的罐形芯60具有:圓板形狀的底面部61a、設於底面部61a的中央的圓柱形狀的磁心部61b、設於底面部61a的周圍的圓筒形狀的周壁部61c。作為罐形芯60的尺寸的一例,底面部61a的直徑L1為約1cm~5cm,渦電流式檢測器50的高度L2為約1cm至5cm。周壁部61c的外徑在圖18中是高度方向上相同的圓筒形狀,但也可以是向遠離底面部61a的方向,即朝向頂端變細的頂細形狀(錐形狀)。FIG. 18 is a cross-sectional view of a plane passing through the central axis 872 of the magnetic core portion 61b. The can-shaped core 60 as a magnetic material has a disk-shaped bottom portion 61a, a cylindrical magnetic core portion 61b provided at the center of the bottom portion 61a, and a cylindrical peripheral wall portion 61c provided around the bottom portion 61a. As an example of the dimensions of the can core 60 , the diameter L1 of the bottom portion 61 a is approximately 1 cm to 5 cm, and the height L2 of the eddy current detector 50 is approximately 1 cm to 5 cm. The outer diameter of the peripheral wall portion 61 c has a cylindrical shape that is uniform in the height direction in FIG. 18 , but may also have a tapered shape (tapered shape) that tapers away from the bottom portion 61 a, that is, toward the tip.

在檢測線圈864、866,勵磁線圈860、862,虛擬線圈868、870使用的導線為銅、錳鎳銅合金線、或鎳鉻合金線。藉由使用錳鎳銅合金線、鎳鉻合金線,電阻等隨溫度變化小,溫度特性好。The wires used in the detection coils 864 and 866, the excitation coils 860 and 862, and the virtual coils 868 and 870 are copper, manganese-nickel-copper alloy wires, or nickel-chromium alloy wires. By using manganese-nickel-copper alloy wire and nickel-chromium alloy wire, the resistance changes little with temperature and the temperature characteristics are good.

在本實施方式中,由於將線材捲繞在由鐵氧體等構成的磁心部61b的外側、周壁部61c的外側,來形成勵磁線圈860、862,因此能夠提高流過測量標的物的渦電流密度。另外,由於檢測線圈864、866也形成在磁心部61b的外側、周壁部61c的外側,因此能夠有效收集產生的逆磁場(交鏈磁通)。In this embodiment, since the excitation coils 860 and 862 are formed by winding wire rods around the outside of the magnetic core portion 61b and the outside of the peripheral wall portion 61c made of ferrite or the like, it is possible to increase the eddy flow flowing through the measurement target object. current density. In addition, since the detection coils 864 and 866 are also formed outside the magnetic core portion 61b and the peripheral wall portion 61c, the generated reverse magnetic field (linkage magnetic flux) can be effectively collected.

為了提高流過測量標的物的渦電流密度,在本實施方式中,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862進一步如圖19所示地並聯連接。即,內部線圈和外部線圈電並聯連接。並聯連接的理由如以下所示。當並聯連接時,相較於串聯連接的情況,可施加於勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電壓增加,從而流過勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電流增加。因此,磁場增大。另外,當串聯連接時,電路的電感增加,從而電路的頻率會降低。將所需的高頻施加到勵磁線圈860、862會變難。箭頭874表示流過勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的電流的方向。In order to increase the eddy current density flowing through the measurement target, in this embodiment, the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are further connected in parallel as shown in FIG. 19 . That is, the inner coil and the outer coil are electrically connected in parallel. The reasons for parallel connection are as follows. When connected in parallel, the voltage that can be applied to the excitation coils 860 and 862 increases, thereby increasing the current flowing through the excitation coils 860 and 862 compared to the case of a series connection. Therefore, the magnetic field increases. Also, when connected in series, the inductance of the circuit increases and thus the frequency of the circuit decreases. It becomes difficult to apply the required high frequencies to the excitation coils 860, 862. Arrow 874 indicates the direction of current flowing through excitation coils 860 and 862 .

如圖19所示,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862連接讓勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相同。即,在勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862中電流於不同方向流動。磁場876是內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場,磁場878是外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場。如圖20所示,勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相同。即,內部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向與外部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向相同。As shown in FIG. 19 , the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are connected so that the magnetic fields of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 have the same direction. That is, current flows in different directions in the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 . The magnetic field 876 is the magnetic field generated by the inner excitation coil 860 , and the magnetic field 878 is the magnetic field generated by the outer excitation coil 862 . As shown in FIG. 20 , the magnetic fields of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 have the same direction. That is, the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the magnetic core part 61b is the same as the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the magnetic core part 61b.

區域880所示的磁場876和磁場878為相同方向,因此兩個磁場相加而變大。與以往那樣的僅存在勵磁線圈860產生的磁場876的情況相比,在本實施方式中磁場會增大勵磁線圈862產生的磁場878的量。Magnetic field 876 and magnetic field 878 shown in area 880 are in the same direction, so the two magnetic fields add together and become larger. Compared with the conventional case where only the magnetic field 876 generated by the exciting coil 860 exists, in this embodiment, the amount of the magnetic field 878 generated by the exciting coil 862 is increased.

接著,與圖19不同,如圖21所示,對勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862連接讓勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相反的情況進行說明。即,在勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862電流於相同方向流動。磁場876為內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場,磁場878為外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場。如圖22所示,勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862的磁場方向相反。即,內部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向與外部線圈在磁心部61b內產生的磁場的方向相反。Next, unlike FIG. 19 , as shown in FIG. 21 , a case will be described in which the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are connected so that the magnetic field directions of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are opposite. That is, current flows in the same direction in excitation coil 860 and excitation coil 862 . The magnetic field 876 is the magnetic field generated by the inner excitation coil 860 , and the magnetic field 878 is the magnetic field generated by the outer excitation coil 862 . As shown in FIG. 22 , the magnetic fields of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 have opposite directions. That is, the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the magnetic core part 61b is opposite to the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the magnetic core part 61b.

區域880所示的磁場876與磁場878為相反方向,因此兩個磁場抵消而變小。外側的勵磁線圈862產生的磁場878抑制內側的勵磁線圈860產生的磁場876,而改變在磁心部61b內的磁力線的流動。此外,圖22所示的磁場為在位於外側的勵磁線圈862流動的電流大的情況。在電流大的情況下,在周壁部61c的內側,勵磁線圈862產生的磁場比勵磁線圈860產生的磁場的強度大,因此磁場878抑制住磁場876。其結果是,產生圖22所示的磁場。Magnetic field 876 and magnetic field 878 shown in area 880 are in opposite directions, so the two magnetic fields cancel each other and become smaller. The magnetic field 878 generated by the outer excitation coil 862 suppresses the magnetic field 876 generated by the inner excitation coil 860 and changes the flow of the magnetic lines of force in the core portion 61b. In addition, the magnetic field shown in FIG. 22 is a case where the electric current flowing in the outer excitation coil 862 is large. When the current is large, the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 862 is stronger than the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 860 inside the peripheral wall portion 61c, so the magnetic field 878 suppresses the magnetic field 876. As a result, a magnetic field shown in Fig. 22 is generated.

將圖20與圖22進行比較,可知以下情況。藉由圖20所示的磁場在半導體晶圓16產生的渦電流密度在較窄的範圍內產生得較強。藉由圖22所示的磁場在半導體晶圓16產生的渦電流密度在較寬的範圍產生得較強。Comparing Figure 20 with Figure 22, the following is known. The eddy current density generated in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the magnetic field shown in FIG. 20 is strong in a narrow range. The eddy current density generated in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the magnetic field shown in FIG. 22 is strong in a wide range.

圖23是表示渦電流檢測器的各線圈的連接例的概略圖。如圖23(a)所示,檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870彼此反相地連接。檢測線圈864與檢測線圈866串聯連接。虛擬線圈868與虛擬線圈870串聯連接。在圖23中,勵磁線圈860、862,檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870由一個線圈圖示。FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a connection example of coils of the eddy current detector. As shown in FIG. 23(a) , the detection coils 864 and 866 and the virtual coils 868 and 870 are connected in anti-phase with each other. The detection coil 864 and the detection coil 866 are connected in series. Virtual coil 868 and virtual coil 870 are connected in series. In FIG. 23 , the excitation coils 860 and 862, the detection coils 864 and 866, and the virtual coils 868 and 870 are shown as one coil.

檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870如上所述地構成反相的串聯電路,其兩端與包括可變電阻76的電阻電橋電路77連接。以勵磁線圈860、862與交流訊號源52連接,產生交變磁通的方式,在配置於附近的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf形成渦電流。以調整可變電阻76的阻值的方式,將由檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870構成的串聯電路的輸出電壓作成在金屬膜(或導電性膜)不存在時能夠調整為零。以分別並聯接入檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870的可變阻抗76(VR1 、VR2 )將L1 、L3 的訊號調整為同相位。即,在圖23(b)的等價電路中,調整可變阻抗VR1 (=VR1-1 +VR1-2 )以及VR2 (=VR2-1 +VR2-2 )來讓 VR1-1 ×(VR2-2 +jωL3 )=VR1-2 ×(VR2-1 +jωL1 ) (1)。 由此,如圖23(c)所示,使調整前的L1 ,L3 的訊號(圖中虛線所示)成為同相位、同振幅的訊號(圖中實線所示)。The detection coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870 form an inverted series circuit as described above, and both ends thereof are connected to the resistance bridge circuit 77 including the variable resistor 76 . The excitation coils 860 and 862 are connected to the AC signal source 52 to generate alternating magnetic flux, thereby forming an eddy current in the nearby metal film (or conductive film) mf. By adjusting the resistance of the variable resistor 76, the output voltage of the series circuit composed of the detection coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870 can be adjusted to zero when the metal film (or conductive film) is not present. The signals of L 1 and L 3 are adjusted into the same phase by using variable impedances 76 ( VR 1 , VR 2 ) connected in parallel to the detection coils 864 and 866 and the virtual coils 868 and 870 respectively. That is, in the equivalent circuit of Fig. 23(b), the variable impedances VR 1 (=VR 1-1 +VR 1-2 ) and VR 2 (=VR 2-1 +VR 2-2 ) are adjusted so that VR 1-1 × (VR 2-2 + jωL 3 ) = VR 1-2 × (VR 2-1 + jωL 1 ) (1). Therefore, as shown in Figure 23(c), the signals of L 1 and L 3 before adjustment (shown by the dotted lines in the figure) become signals with the same phase and amplitude (shown by the solid lines in the figure).

接著,在金屬膜(或導電性膜)存在於檢測線圈864、866的附近時,藉由形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)中的渦電流所產生的磁通在檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870交鏈,但由於檢測線圈864、866配置在較靠近金屬膜(或導電性膜)的位置,因此在檢測線圈864、866和虛擬線圈868、870產生的感應電壓的平衡被破壞,由此,能夠檢測由金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流所形成的交鏈磁通。即,藉由將檢測線圈864、866與虛擬線圈868、870的串聯電路從與交流訊號源連接的勵磁線圈860、862分離,並以電阻電橋電路調整平衡,從而能夠進行零點的調整。因此,由於能夠基於零的狀態檢測在金屬膜(或導電性膜)流動的渦電流,因此提高了金屬膜(或導電性膜)中的渦電流的檢測靈敏度。由此,能夠在較大的動態範圍進行形成於金屬膜(或導電性膜)的渦電流的大小的檢測。Next, when the metal film (or conductive film) exists in the vicinity of the detection coils 864 and 866, the magnetic flux generated by the eddy current formed in the metal film (or the conductive film) passes between the detection coils 864 and 866. The virtual coils 868 and 870 are interlinked. However, since the detection coils 864 and 866 are disposed closer to the metal film (or conductive film), the balance of the induced voltages generated in the detection coils 864 and 866 and the virtual coils 868 and 870 is affected. By destroying the film, the interlinkage flux formed by the eddy current of the metal film (or conductive film) can be detected. That is, by isolating the series circuit of the detection coils 864 and 866 and the virtual coils 868 and 870 from the excitation coils 860 and 862 connected to the AC signal source, and adjusting the balance with the resistor bridge circuit, the zero point can be adjusted. Therefore, since the eddy current flowing in the metal film (or conductive film) can be detected based on the zero state, the detection sensitivity of the eddy current in the metal film (or conductive film) is improved. This makes it possible to detect the magnitude of the eddy current formed in the metal film (or conductive film) in a wide dynamic range.

圖24是表示渦電流檢測器的同步檢波電路的方塊圖。本圖表示從交流訊號源52側觀察渦電流式檢測器50側的阻抗Z的測量電路例。在本圖所示的阻抗Z的測量電路中,能夠取出伴隨膜厚的變化的電阻成分(R),電抗成分(X),振幅輸出(Z)以及相位輸出(tan-1 R/X)。FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing a synchronous detection circuit of the eddy current detector. This figure shows an example of a measurement circuit in which the impedance Z on the eddy current detector 50 side is viewed from the AC signal source 52 side. The impedance Z measurement circuit shown in this figure can extract the resistance component (R), reactance component (X), amplitude output (Z), and phase output (tan -1 R/X) associated with changes in film thickness.

如上所述,供給交流訊號的訊號源52為由水晶振盪器構成的固定頻率的振盪器,供給例如2MHz,8MHz,16MHz的固定頻率的電壓至配置於成膜有檢測標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)mf的半導體晶圓W附近之渦電流式檢測器50。由訊號源52形成的交流電壓經由帶通濾波器82向渦電流式檢測器50供給。由渦電流式檢測器50的端子檢測出的訊號經由高頻放大器83以及移相電路84而藉由由cos同步檢波電路85以及sin同步檢波電路86構成的同步檢波部被取出檢測訊號的cos成分和sin成分。在此,由訊號源52形成的振盪訊號藉由移相電路84形成有訊號源52的同相成分(090cos同步檢波電路85和sin同步檢波電路86而進行上述同步檢波。As mentioned above, the signal source 52 that supplies the AC signal is a fixed-frequency oscillator composed of a crystal oscillator, and supplies a fixed-frequency voltage of, for example, 2 MHz, 8 MHz, or 16 MHz to the metal film (or conductive film) on which the detection target is formed. The eddy current detector 50 is located near the semiconductor wafer W of the film) mf. The AC voltage formed by the signal source 52 is supplied to the eddy current detector 50 through the band-pass filter 82 . The signal detected by the terminal of the eddy current detector 50 passes through the high-frequency amplifier 83 and the phase shift circuit 84, and the cos component of the detection signal is extracted by the synchronous detection unit composed of the cos synchronous detection circuit 85 and the sin synchronous detection circuit 86. and sin components. Here, the oscillation signal formed by the signal source 52 is formed with the in-phase component (090 cos) of the signal source 52 by the phase shift circuit 84 and the sin synchronous detection circuit 85 and the sin synchronous detection circuit 86 perform the above-mentioned synchronous detection.

經同步檢波的訊號藉由低通濾波器87、88除去訊號成分以上的不需要的高頻成分,並分別取出作為cos同步檢波輸出的電阻成分(R)輸出及作為sin同步檢波輸出的電抗成分(X)輸出。另外,利用向量運算電路89,從電阻成分(R)輸出和電抗成分(X)輸出得到振幅輸出(R2 +X21/2 。另外,利用向量運算電路90,同樣地從電阻成分輸出和電抗成分輸出得到相位輸出(tan-1 R/X)。在此,為了除去檢測器訊號的雜訊成分而在測定裝置主體設置有各種濾波器。各種濾波器藉由設定分別對應的截止頻率,例如將低通濾波器的截止頻率設定在0.1~10Hz的範圍,而能夠除去混合在研磨中的檢測器訊號的雜訊成分而高精度地對測定標的的金屬膜(或導電性膜)進行測定。The synchronously detected signal uses low-pass filters 87 and 88 to remove unnecessary high-frequency components above the signal component, and the resistance component (R) output as the cos synchronous detection output and the reactance component as the sin synchronous detection output are respectively extracted. (X) output. In addition, the vector operation circuit 89 obtains the amplitude output (R 2 +X 2 ) 1/2 from the resistance component (R) output and the reactance component (X) output. In addition, the vector operation circuit 90 similarly obtains the phase output (tan -1 R/X) from the resistance component output and the reactance component output. Here, in order to remove noise components of the detector signal, various filters are provided in the main body of the measurement device. By setting corresponding cutoff frequencies for various filters, for example, setting the cutoff frequency of a low-pass filter in the range of 0.1 to 10 Hz, the noise component of the detector signal mixed in the grinding process can be removed and the measurement can be performed with high accuracy. The target metal film (or conductive film) is measured.

接著,使用圖18所示的渦電流式檢測器50,參照圖25對進行終點檢測的方法的一例進行說明。在圖25中,縱軸表示半導體晶圓16的膜厚(mm),橫軸表示研磨開始後的研磨時間(sec)。在橫軸中,也藉由整數來表示,在由渦電流式檢測器50進行測定時是第幾次旋轉。1為第一次旋轉,N為第N次旋轉。終點檢測部28從檢測到的渦電流決定半導體晶圓16的研磨速率,基於研磨速率來作成近似線(初始研磨速率公式882)。使用在研磨的初始階段研磨台30A旋轉多次的期間得到的渦電流來作成初始研磨速率公式882。Next, an example of a method of detecting the end point using the eddy current detector 50 shown in FIG. 18 will be described with reference to FIG. 25 . In FIG. 25 , the vertical axis represents the film thickness (mm) of the semiconductor wafer 16 and the horizontal axis represents the polishing time (sec) after the start of polishing. On the horizontal axis, the number of rotations when measured by the eddy current detector 50 is also represented by an integer. 1 is the first rotation, N is the Nth rotation. The end point detection unit 28 determines the polishing rate of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current, and creates an approximation line based on the polishing rate (initial polishing rate formula 882). The initial polishing rate formula 882 is created using the eddy current obtained while the polishing table 30A is rotating multiple times in the initial stage of polishing.

以根據初始研磨速率公式882的研磨速率計算研磨半導體晶圓16時的預期研磨量,而檢測到達研磨終點884的時間。終點檢測部28根據預期研磨量、以及與對應於研磨終點884的膜厚相關的閾值886檢測研磨終點884。此時,相對於由研磨產生的半導體晶圓16內的配線高度的變化,渦電流式檢測器50的輸出的變化小的情況下,難以精確地得到渦電流式檢測器50的輸出值的變化。此時執行如下所示的渦電流式檢測器50的輸出值的取消演算法。The expected polishing amount when polishing the semiconductor wafer 16 is calculated using the polishing rate according to the initial polishing rate formula 882, and the time to reach the polishing end point 884 is detected. The end point detection unit 28 detects the polishing end point 884 based on the expected polishing amount and the threshold 886 related to the film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point 884 . At this time, when the change in the output of the eddy current detector 50 is small compared to the change in the wiring height in the semiconductor wafer 16 due to polishing, it is difficult to accurately obtain the change in the output value of the eddy current detector 50 . At this time, the cancellation algorithm of the output value of the eddy current detector 50 as shown below is executed.

在取消演算法中,終點檢測部28比較從渦電流得到的膜厚相關資料及從研磨速率預測的膜厚相關資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,不使用從渦電流得到的膜厚相關資料。例如,比較按每一次旋轉所收集的資料和從初始研磨速率公式882預測的膜厚相關資料,在兩者與指定值相比大不相同的情況下,不採用所收集的資料。例如,在第N+2次旋轉收集到資料時,當在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料與在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料之差大於(或小於)在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料與在第N次旋轉收集的資料之差(指定值)時,不使用在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料。取而代之,使用基於初始研磨速率公式882得到的值。是比指定值大時不使用或是比指定值小時不使用則係依存於膜的性質等研磨條件。In the cancellation algorithm, the end point detection unit 28 compares the film thickness-related data obtained from the eddy current and the film thickness-related data predicted from the polishing rate. If the comparison result is larger than the specified value, the end point detection unit 28 does not use the film thickness-related data obtained from the eddy current. Film thickness related information. For example, the data collected for each rotation is compared with the data related to the film thickness predicted from the initial polishing rate formula 882. If the two are significantly different from the specified value, the collected data is not used. For example, when data is collected in the N+2th spin, when the difference between the data collected in the N+2nd spin and the data collected in the N+1th spin is greater (or smaller) than in the N+1th spin When the difference (specified value) between the data collected and the data collected in the Nth spin is determined, the data collected in the N+2 spin will not be used. Instead, use the value based on the initial grind rate equation 882. Whether it is not used when it is larger than the specified value or not used when it is smaller than the specified value depends on the polishing conditions such as the properties of the film.

不使用所收集的資料的其他情況還有以下的情況。例如,在第N+2次旋轉收集到資料時,當在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料比在第N+1次旋轉收集的資料大時,不使用在第N+2次旋轉收集的資料。取而代之,使用基於初始研磨速率公式882得到的資料。Other situations where the collected information will not be used include the following situations. For example, when data is collected on the N+2nd spin, when the data collected on the N+2nd spin is larger than the data collected on the N+1th spin, the data collected on the N+2th spin will not be used. material. Instead, use data based on the initial grind rate Equation 882.

在不使用第N+2次旋轉收集的資料時,在第N+3次旋轉以後取得與近似線接近的值的情況下,採用該資料。如已述那樣,在研磨開始後,初始研磨速率公式882係使用數次旋轉而作成,例如,可以每旋轉十次使用最新的數次旋轉而重新作成。When the data collected at the N+2nd rotation is not used, if a value close to the approximate line is obtained after the N+3rd rotation, this data is used. As mentioned above, after the polishing is started, the initial polishing rate formula 882 is created using a number of rotations. For example, it can be re-created using the latest number of rotations every ten rotations.

接著,就周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部61a的周邊部來包圍磁心部61b的壁部的示例,參照圖26~28進行說明。在圖26、27中,底面部61a具有柱狀的形狀,周壁部61c為配置於柱狀的形狀的兩端的渦電流式檢測器50(磁性元件)。圖26為俯視圖。圖27為圖26的AA剖面圖。周邊部磁性體61d在底面部61a的周邊部設有兩個。該渦電流式檢測器50如圖27所示為E型的磁性元件。圖28為周邊部磁性體61d在底面部61a的周邊部設有四個的渦電流式檢測器50(磁性元件)的俯視圖。周邊部磁性體61d也可以為五個以上。Next, an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion 61 a but surrounds the wall portion of the magnetic core portion 61 b will be described with reference to FIGS. 26 to 28 . In FIGS. 26 and 27 , the bottom portion 61 a has a columnar shape, and the peripheral wall portion 61 c is the eddy current detector 50 (magnetic element) arranged at both ends of the columnar shape. Figure 26 is a top view. Fig. 27 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in Fig. 26. Two peripheral portion magnetic bodies 61d are provided in the peripheral portion of the bottom portion 61a. This eddy current detector 50 is an E-type magnetic element as shown in FIG. 27 . FIG. 28 is a plan view of four eddy current detectors 50 (magnetic elements) in which the peripheral magnetic body 61d is provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface 61a. The number of peripheral magnetic bodies 61d may be five or more.

在E型的磁性元件的情況下,線圈的配置除了圖26、27所示的配置以外,也可以是圖49、50所示的線圈的配置。圖49為俯視圖。圖50是圖49的AA剖面圖。在圖49、50所示的實施方式中,在底面部61a中的、位於磁心部61b與周邊部磁性體61d之間的部分61e的外周還設有檢測線圈864a、864b,勵磁線圈860a、860b及虛擬線圈868a、868b。檢測線圈864a、864b,勵磁線圈860a、860b及虛擬線圈868a、868b其中的至少一個也可以是設於部分61e。另外,在圖49、50所示的實施方式中,作為勵磁線圈以及虛擬線圈也可以僅設置勵磁線圈860a、860b,虛擬線圈868a、868b而不設置勵磁線圈860,虛擬線圈868。In the case of an E-type magnetic element, the coil arrangement may be the coil arrangement shown in FIGS. 49 and 50 in addition to the arrangement shown in FIGS. 26 and 27 . Figure 49 is a top view. FIG. 50 is a cross-sectional view taken along line AA in FIG. 49 . In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 49 and 50 , detection coils 864a and 864b are further provided on the outer periphery of the portion 61e of the bottom portion 61a between the magnetic core portion 61b and the peripheral portion magnetic body 61d, and the excitation coils 860a, 860b and virtual coils 868a, 868b. At least one of the detection coils 864a and 864b, the excitation coils 860a and 860b, and the dummy coils 868a and 868b may also be provided in the portion 61e. In addition, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 49 and 50 , only the excitation coils 860 a and 860 b and the dummy coils 868 a and 868 b may be provided as the excitation coils and the dummy coils without providing the excitation coil 860 and the dummy coil 868 .

檢測線圈864a和檢測線圈864b也可以由導線電連接,也可以不用導線連接而電氣獨立。就勵磁線圈860a與勵磁線圈860b,虛擬線圈868a與虛擬線圈868b,也可以用導線電連接,也可以不用導線連接而電氣地獨立。The detection coil 864a and the detection coil 864b may be electrically connected by a wire, or may be electrically independent without being connected by a wire. The excitation coil 860a and the excitation coil 860b, and the dummy coil 868a and the dummy coil 868b may be electrically connected by wires, or may be electrically independent without being connected by wires.

接著,參照圖48,就在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860及/或勵磁線圈862產生的磁場的強度的實施方式進行說明。以下,雖就改變勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862所產生的磁場的強度的實施方式進行說明,但也可以僅就勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方改變產生的磁場的強度。Next, referring to FIG. 48 , an embodiment will be described in which the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 860 and/or the excitation coil 862 is changed when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes. Hereinafter, an embodiment in which the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 is changed will be described. However, only one of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 may change the intensity of the generated magnetic field.

在圖48中,在半導體晶圓16形成有絕緣層888(絕緣部),在絕緣層888之上形成有銅等導電層890。從圖48(a)的狀態經由圖48(b)的狀態,到圖48(c)的狀態進行研磨。導電層890例如作為配線使用。In FIG. 48 , an insulating layer 888 (insulating portion) is formed on the semiconductor wafer 16 , and a conductive layer 890 such as copper is formed on the insulating layer 888 . Polishing is performed from the state of FIG. 48(a) through the state of FIG. 48(b) to the state of FIG. 48(c). The conductive layer 890 is used as wiring, for example.

在圖48(a)的狀態下,由於導電層890存在於半導體晶圓16的前表面,導電層890會產生較多的渦電流。在圖48(c)的狀態下,由於導電層890僅存在於半導體晶圓16的較小的部分,導電層890會產生較少的渦電流。從圖48(a)的狀態到圖48(b)的狀態,勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度較小。在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度增大。這是由於在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,半導體晶圓16的導電性發生變化。In the state of FIG. 48( a ), since the conductive layer 890 exists on the front surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 , the conductive layer 890 will generate a large amount of eddy current. In the state of FIG. 48( c ), since the conductive layer 890 only exists in a smaller portion of the semiconductor wafer 16 , the conductive layer 890 will generate less eddy current. From the state of Fig. 48(a) to the state of Fig. 48(b), the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coils 860 and 862 is small. When the state of FIG. 48(b) is reached, the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coils 860 and 862 increases. This is because the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes when it reaches the state of FIG. 48( b ).

作為在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度的時間點,也可以是設為圖48(a)所示的絕緣層888的部分892的研磨結束時,而不是成為圖48(b)的狀態時。When the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes, the time point at which the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coils 860 and 862 is changed may be when the polishing of the portion 892 of the insulating layer 888 shown in FIG. 48(a) is completed. , instead of becoming the state in Figure 48(b).

為了使勵磁線圈860、862產生的磁場的強度增大,而增大在勵磁線圈860、862流動的電流,或增大施加於勵磁線圈860、862的電壓。作為使磁場的強度增大的其他方法,也可以從僅使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方的狀態,改變為使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862兩者的狀態。In order to increase the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coils 860 and 862, the current flowing through the excitation coils 860 and 862 is increased, or the voltage applied to the excitation coils 860 and 862 is increased. As another method of increasing the intensity of the magnetic field, a state in which only one of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 is used may be changed to a state in which both the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are used.

此外,也可以在研磨台的內部配置複數個渦電流式檢測器,代替在半導體晶圓16的導電性變化時改變勵磁線圈860以及/或勵磁線圈862產生的磁場的強度。複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。從圖48(a)的狀態到圖48(b)的狀態,使用檢測靈敏度較小的渦電流式檢測器50。在成為圖48(b)的狀態時,使用檢測靈敏度較大的渦電流式檢測器50。In addition, a plurality of eddy current detectors may be disposed inside the polishing table instead of changing the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 860 and/or the excitation coil 862 when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer 16 changes. The plurality of eddy current detectors have different detection sensitivities. From the state of FIG. 48(a) to the state of FIG. 48(b) , the eddy current detector 50 with low detection sensitivity is used. When the state of FIG. 48(b) is reached, the eddy current detector 50 with high detection sensitivity is used.

在此,「檢測靈敏度互不相同」意思是指「產生的磁場的強度不同」,及/或「產生的磁場的範圍不同」等。作為需要複數個檢測靈敏度互不相同的渦電流式檢測器的情況,例如有以下的情況。(a)需要對一個晶片內的導電性的膜所占的比例不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況,(b)需要於圖48(a)所示的對高度方向896上對解析度的要求不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況,(c)需要於圖48(a)所示的高度方向896上對的研磨量不同複數個之晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況等。Here, "the detection sensitivities are different from each other" means "the intensity of the generated magnetic field is different" and/or "the range of the generated magnetic field is different", etc. Cases that require a plurality of eddy current detectors with mutually different detection sensitivities include the following cases, for example. (a) When it is necessary to measure the film thickness of multiple wafers with different proportions of conductive films in one wafer, (b) When it is necessary to analyze the thickness in the height direction 896 as shown in Fig. 48(a) The case where the film thickness of a plurality of wafers with different polishing amounts needs to be measured, (c) the case where the film thickness of a plurality of wafers with different polishing amounts needs to be measured in the height direction 896 shown in Figure 48(a), etc. .

(c)的需要於高度方向896上對研磨量不同之複數個晶片的膜厚進行測定的情況是例如以下的情況。在研磨開始時,導電層890(Cu配線)具有圖48(a)所示的高度方向的距離LL。在研磨結束時,導電層890具有圖48(c)所示的高度方向896的距離LS。作為距離LL與距離LS的組合有各種可能性。根據距離LL的範圍,有時需要複數個具有不同解析度的檢測器。The case (c) in which it is necessary to measure the film thickness of a plurality of wafers with different polishing amounts in the height direction 896 is, for example, the following case. At the start of polishing, the conductive layer 890 (Cu wiring) has the distance LL in the height direction shown in FIG. 48(a) . At the end of polishing, the conductive layer 890 has a distance LS in the height direction 896 shown in FIG. 48(c). There are various possibilities as combinations of distance LL and distance LS. Depending on the range of distance LL, a plurality of detectors with different resolutions are sometimes required.

以上,作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法,雖說明了在研磨台的內部配置複數個渦電流式檢測器的方法,但作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法,也可以僅使用圖18所示的勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方。即,作為改變檢測靈敏度的方法能夠採用如下方法,其具有:伴隨研磨台30A的旋轉,藉由第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中的至少一個步驟,由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866對形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流進行檢測的步驟;以及從檢測出的渦電流檢測表示半導體晶圓16的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。在第一步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈860而形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。在第二步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈862而形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。在第三步驟中,藉由檢測線圈864及/或檢測線圈866檢測由勵磁線圈860和勵磁線圈862兩者形成於半導體晶圓16的渦電流。As a method of changing the detection sensitivity, the method of arranging a plurality of eddy current detectors inside the polishing table has been described above. However, as a method of changing the detection sensitivity, only the excitation coil 860 shown in FIG. 18 and One side of the excitation coil 862. That is, as a method of changing the detection sensitivity, the following method can be adopted, which includes: as the grinding table 30A rotates, through at least one of the first step, the second step, and the third step, the detection coil 864 and/or the detection The coil 866 detects the eddy current formed in the semiconductor wafer 16; and the step of detecting a polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current. In the first step, the eddy current formed in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the excitation coil 860 is detected by the detection coil 864 and/or the detection coil 866 . In the second step, the eddy current formed in the semiconductor wafer 16 by the excitation coil 862 is detected by the detection coil 864 and/or the detection coil 866 . In the third step, the eddy current formed in the semiconductor wafer 16 by both the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 is detected by the detection coil 864 and/or the detection coil 866 .

勵磁線圈860的外徑比勵磁線圈862的外徑小。因此,將勵磁線圈860單獨產生的磁場的範圍和勵磁線圈862單獨產生的磁場的範圍相比,勵磁線圈862單獨產生的磁場的範圍大。因此,勵磁線圈860能夠在窄區域進行膜厚的測定。勵磁線圈862能夠在寬的區域進行膜厚的測定。The outer diameter of excitation coil 860 is smaller than the outer diameter of excitation coil 862 . Therefore, compared with the range of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 860 alone and the range of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 862 alone, the range of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil 862 alone is larger. Therefore, the exciting coil 860 can measure the film thickness in a narrow area. The excitation coil 862 can measure the film thickness in a wide area.

使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862兩者的情況能夠將勵磁線圈860與勵磁線圈862分別產生的磁場組合(合成)而進行控制。藉由組合控制,與僅使用勵磁線圈860以及勵磁線圈862的一方的情況相比,能夠更大幅度地控制磁場的擴展區域與磁場的強度兩者。When both the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 are used, the magnetic fields generated by the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 can be combined (synthesized) for control. By combined control, both the expansion area of the magnetic field and the intensity of the magnetic field can be controlled to a greater extent than when only one of the excitation coil 860 and the excitation coil 862 is used.

要採用第一步驟、第二步驟、第三步驟中的哪個步驟可由半導體晶圓16上的精細電路具有何種結構、或裸晶尺寸為何種程度的大小來決定。Which of the first step, the second step, and the third step is to be adopted may be determined by the structure of the fine circuit on the semiconductor wafer 16 or the size of the die.

另外,關於渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸與測量標的的晶片尺寸的關係,宜為以下關係。例如,在晶片的形狀為正方形或長方形的情況下,渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸宜為與該正方形或長方形外接的外接圓。渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸較外接圓亦不宜過小或過大。在晶片尺寸極端地大於或小於渦電流式檢測器50的尺寸的情況下,由於有可能不能檢測出渦電流,在該情況下,有時需要配置尺寸不同之複數個渦電流式檢測器50。In addition, the relationship between the size of the eddy current detector 50 and the wafer size of the measurement target is preferably the following relationship. For example, when the shape of the wafer is a square or a rectangle, the size of the eddy current detector 50 is preferably a circumscribed circle circumscribing the square or rectangle. The size of the eddy current detector 50 should not be too small or too large compared to the circumscribed circle. When the wafer size is extremely larger or smaller than the size of the eddy current detector 50 , the eddy current may not be detected. In this case, it may be necessary to arrange a plurality of eddy current detectors 50 with different sizes.

此外,因僅增加勵磁線圈,渦電流的強度會提高,因此在檢測圖48(a)所示的團塊(膜)時,即便僅增加勵磁也會有效果。「團塊(膜)」意思是導電層890中,如區域894那樣覆蓋半導體晶圓16的表面整體者。另外,「僅增加勵磁線圈」意思是,僅就勵磁線圈860、862,設置外側線圈即勵磁線圈862,而就檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870,不設置外側線圈即檢測線圈866,虛擬線圈870。In addition, simply increasing the excitation coil increases the intensity of the eddy current. Therefore, when detecting the lump (film) shown in Fig. 48(a) , even simply increasing the excitation coil is effective. “Agglomerate (film)” means a conductive layer 890 that covers the entire surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 like the region 894 . In addition, "only the excitation coil is added" means that only the excitation coils 860 and 862 are provided with the outer coil, that is, the excitation coil 862, and the detection coils 864, 866, and virtual coils 868, 870 are not provided with the outer coil, that is, detection. Coil 866, virtual coil 870.

在檢測圖48(b),圖48(c)所示的導電層890(Cu配線)時,由於有需要渦電流式檢測器50的檢測靈敏度比圖48(a)的狀態時還大,因此就檢測線圈864、866,虛擬線圈868、870,有時也宜設置外側線圈即檢測線圈866,虛擬線圈870。When detecting the conductive layer 890 (Cu wiring) shown in FIGS. 48(b) and 48(c) , the detection sensitivity of the eddy current detector 50 needs to be higher than that in the state of FIG. 48(a) . Therefore, In addition to the detection coils 864 and 866 and the dummy coils 868 and 870, it is sometimes preferable to provide outer coils, namely the detection coil 866 and the dummy coil 870.

接著,對終點檢測部28也會考慮臂轉矩檢測部26所檢測出的臂轉矩26a、台轉矩地而檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點的示例進行說明。在圖16中,在與擺動軸馬達14連接的擺動臂110的連接部中,臂轉矩檢測部26檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。具體而言,臂驅動部為使擺動臂110旋轉的擺動軸馬達(旋轉馬達)14,臂轉矩檢測部26從擺動軸馬達14的電流值檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。擺動軸馬達14的電流值是依存於與擺動軸馬達14連接的擺動臂110的連接部中臂轉矩的量。在本實施方式中,擺動軸馬達14的電流值為從驅動器18供給至擺動軸馬達14的電流值18b。Next, an example will be described in which the end point detection unit 28 detects the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing in consideration of the arm torque 26 a and the table torque detected by the arm torque detection unit 26 . In FIG. 16 , in the connection portion of the swing arm 110 connected to the swing shaft motor 14 , the arm torque detection unit 26 detects the arm torque 26 a applied to the swing arm 110 . Specifically, the arm drive unit is a swing shaft motor (rotation motor) 14 that rotates the swing arm 110 , and the arm torque detection unit 26 detects the arm torque 26 a applied to the swing arm 110 from the current value of the swing shaft motor 14 . The current value of the swing axis motor 14 is a quantity dependent on the arm torque at the connection portion of the swing arm 110 connected to the swing axis motor 14 . In the present embodiment, the current value of the swing shaft motor 14 is the current value 18b supplied from the driver 18 to the swing shaft motor 14 .

參照圖29對由臂轉矩檢測部26進行的臂轉矩26a的檢測方法進行說明。驅動器18從控制部65輸入與擺動臂110的位置有關的位置指令65a。位置指令65a是與擺動臂110相對於擺動臂軸117旋轉的旋轉角度相當的資料。另外驅動器18從內置並安裝於擺動軸馬達14的編碼器36輸入擺動臂軸117的旋轉角度36a。The method of detecting the arm torque 26a by the arm torque detection unit 26 will be described with reference to FIG. 29 . The driver 18 inputs a position command 65 a regarding the position of the swing arm 110 from the control unit 65 . The position command 65 a is data corresponding to the rotation angle of the swing arm 110 relative to the swing arm shaft 117 . In addition, the driver 18 inputs the rotation angle 36 a of the swing arm shaft 117 from the encoder 36 built in and attached to the swing shaft motor 14 .

編碼器36能夠檢測擺動軸馬達14的旋轉軸的旋轉角度36a,即擺動臂軸117的旋轉角度36a者。在本圖中,擺動軸馬達14與編碼器36獨立圖示,實際上,擺動軸馬達14與編碼器36一體化。作為這樣的一體型馬達的一例,有帶回饋編碼器的同步型AC伺服馬達。The encoder 36 can detect the rotation angle 36 a of the rotation shaft of the swing shaft motor 14 , that is, the rotation angle 36 a of the swing arm shaft 117 . In this figure, the swing shaft motor 14 and the encoder 36 are shown independently. In fact, the swing shaft motor 14 and the encoder 36 are integrated. An example of such an integrated motor is a synchronous AC servo motor with a feedback encoder.

驅動器18具有偏差電路38、電流產生電路40、PWM電路42。偏差電路38從位置指令65a和旋轉角度36a求得位置指令65a與旋轉角度36a的偏差38a。偏差38a、電流值18b被輸入到電流產生電路40。電流產生電路40從偏差38a、當前的電流值18b,產生與偏差38a對應的電流指令18a。PWM電路42被輸入電流指令18a,藉由PWM(Pulse Width Modulation:脈衝寬度調製)控制,產生電流值18b。電流值18b是能夠驅動擺動軸馬達14的三相(U相,V相,W相)電流。電流值18b被供給至擺動軸馬達14。The driver 18 has a bias circuit 38 , a current generation circuit 40 , and a PWM circuit 42 . The deviation circuit 38 obtains the deviation 38a between the position command 65a and the rotation angle 36a from the position command 65a and the rotation angle 36a. The deviation 38a and the current value 18b are input to the current generating circuit 40. The current generating circuit 40 generates a current command 18a corresponding to the deviation 38a from the deviation 38a and the current current value 18b. The PWM circuit 42 receives the current command 18a and is controlled by PWM (Pulse Width Modulation) to generate the current value 18b. The current value 18 b is a three-phase (U phase, V phase, W phase) current capable of driving the swing axis motor 14 . The current value 18b is supplied to the swing shaft motor 14 .

電流指令18a是依存於擺動軸馬達14的電流值的量,並依存於臂轉矩的量。臂轉矩檢測部26在對電流指令18a進行了AD變換、放大、整流、有效值轉換等處理中的至少一個處理後,輸出至終點檢測部28作為臂轉矩26a。The current command 18a is a quantity that depends on the current value of the swing axis motor 14 and depends on the arm torque. The arm torque detection unit 26 performs at least one process of AD conversion, amplification, rectification, effective value conversion, etc. on the current command 18a, and then outputs it to the end point detection unit 28 as the arm torque 26a.

電流值18b是擺動軸馬達14的電流值本身,並且依存於臂轉矩的量。臂轉矩檢測部26也可以從電流值18b檢測施加於擺動臂110的臂轉矩26a。臂轉矩檢測部26在檢測電流值18b時,能夠使用霍爾檢測器等電流檢測器。The current value 18b is the current value itself of the swing shaft motor 14 and depends on the amount of arm torque. The arm torque detection unit 26 may detect the arm torque 26a applied to the swing arm 110 from the current value 18b. When the arm torque detection unit 26 detects the current value 18b, a current detector such as a Hall detector can be used.

參照圖29,對由電流檢測部810(檢測部)進行的馬達電流的檢測方法進行說明。電流檢測部810檢測用於驅動研磨台旋轉的馬達M3(第一電動機,參照圖2)、用於驅動頂環31A旋轉的馬達M1(第二電動機,參照圖5)、以及用於使擺動臂擺動的馬達M2(第三電動機,參照圖5)中的一個電動機的電流值,並生成第一輸出。在本實施方式中,電流檢測部810檢測馬達M2的電流值,並生成第一輸出810a。電流檢測部810中輸入三相(U相,V相,W相)的電流值18b。Referring to FIG. 29 , a method of detecting the motor current by the current detection unit 810 (detection unit) will be described. The current detection unit 810 detects the motor M3 (first motor, see FIG. 2 ) for driving the polishing table to rotate, the motor M1 (the second motor, see FIG. 5 ) for driving the top ring 31A, and the motor M1 for rotating the swing arm. The current value of one of the motors in the swing motor M2 (the third motor, see Figure 5) is generated and the first output is generated. In this embodiment, the current detection unit 810 detects the current value of the motor M2 and generates the first output 810a. The current value 18b of the three phases (U phase, V phase, and W phase) is input to the current detection unit 810 .

就U相,V相,W相的電流值18b的每一個,電流檢測部810例如每隔10msec進行採樣,並對採樣到的電流值18b分別求得100msec的移動平均。進行移動平均的目的為減少雜訊。然後,就U相,V相,W相的電流值18b,進行全波整流,接下來藉由有效值轉換,對每一個分別求得有效值。在算出有效值後,將這三個值相加而生成第一輸出810a。電流檢測部810將所生成的第一輸出810a輸出至終點檢測部28。The current detection unit 810 samples each of the U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase current values 18b, for example, every 10 msec, and obtains a 100-msec moving average for each of the sampled current values 18b. The purpose of moving average is to reduce noise. Then, full-wave rectification is performed on the U-phase, V-phase, and W-phase current values 18b, and then the effective value is obtained for each of them by effective value conversion. After calculating the effective value, the three values are added to generate the first output 810a. The current detection unit 810 outputs the generated first output 810 a to the end point detection unit 28 .

此外,雜訊的減少處理可進行各種的雜訊減少處理,不限於上述移動平均處理。另外,電流檢測部810也可以對電流值18b進行有效值計算以外的處理。例如,也可以在計算出電流值18b的各自的絕對值後,將這三個值相加而生成第一輸出810a。另外,電流檢測部810也可以將電動機的三相的電流值的絕對值的平方和作為第一輸出進行生成。另外,也可以僅對U相,V相,W相的三相的電流值18b中的一相或兩相計算有效值。第一輸出只要是能夠表示轉矩的變化的量,可以是任意的量。基於第一輸出來檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點的終點檢測部28能夠從第一輸出(摩擦力)的變化,檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。In addition, the noise reduction processing can perform various noise reduction processing, and is not limited to the above-mentioned moving average processing. In addition, the current detection unit 810 may perform processing other than effective value calculation on the current value 18b. For example, after calculating the absolute values of the current values 18b, these three values may be added together to generate the first output 810a. In addition, the current detection unit 810 may generate the sum of the squares of the absolute values of the three-phase current values of the motor as the first output. In addition, the effective value may be calculated for only one or two phases among the current values 18b of the U phase, V phase, and W phase. The first output may be any amount as long as it is an amount that can represent a change in torque. The end point detection unit 28 that detects the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing based on the first output can detect the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing from a change in the first output (friction force).

在本實施方式中,對在研磨台30A的平面上向左右方向(圓周方向)擺動的擺動臂110進行了說明。但是,關於在研磨台30A的平面上,在研磨台30A的旋轉中心與研磨台30A的端部之間,在半徑方向上沿直線方向往復的臂,本實施方式也能夠適用。In this embodiment, the swing arm 110 which swings in the left-right direction (circumferential direction) on the plane of the polishing table 30A was demonstrated. However, this embodiment is also applicable to an arm that reciprocates in the radial direction in the linear direction between the rotation center of the polishing table 30A and the end of the polishing table 30A on the plane of the polishing table 30A.

此外,終點檢測部28能夠構成為具有CPU,記憶體,輸入輸出單元的電腦。此時,能夠將作為終點檢測部手段和控制研磨裝置的研磨的控制手段而發揮作用的的程式儲存於記憶體,其中,終點檢測部單元能夠從檢測出的渦電流檢測表示半導體晶圓16的研磨的結束之研磨終點。In addition, the end point detection unit 28 can be configured as a computer including a CPU, a memory, and an input/output unit. At this time, a program functioning as the end point detection unit and the control unit for controlling polishing of the polishing device can be stored in the memory, wherein the end point detection unit can detect an indication of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the detected eddy current. The end of grinding is the grinding end point.

接著,參照圖30,對具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,並用擺動研磨台30A之擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動的檢測和由光學式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的研磨面的反射率的檢測。為了進行終點檢測,在研磨台30A組入有檢測器。檢測器為光學式檢測器724。作為光學式檢測器724,使用利用了光纖的檢測器等。此外,也可以使用渦電流式檢測器,代替光學式檢測器724。Next, another embodiment including an optical detector will be described with reference to FIG. 30 . In this method, the detection of the torque fluctuation of the swing axis motor 14 of the swing polishing table 30A and the detection of the reflectance of the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by an optical detector are both used. In order to detect the end point, a detector is built into the polishing table 30A. The detector is an optical detector 724. As the optical detector 724, a detector using an optical fiber or the like is used. In addition, an eddy current detector may be used instead of the optical detector 724 .

在圖30的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下課題。為了進行終點檢測,在僅使用轉矩變動檢測方式或光學式檢測方式的一方的情況下,在研磨標的物的研磨中混合了金屬膜的研磨和絕緣膜的研磨的情況下,有以下問題。轉矩變動檢測方式適用於金屬膜與絕緣膜的邊界的檢測,光學式檢測方式適用於膜的厚度的變化的檢測。因此,在僅有一方的方式時,在需要膜的邊界的檢測及殘膜的厚度的檢測兩者的情況下,只能得到不充分的檢測精度。藉由因應是膜的邊界的檢測、還是殘膜的厚度的檢測,區分使用轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測,即能夠解決課題。In the case of the embodiment of FIG. 30 , the following problems can be solved. When only one of the torque fluctuation detection method or the optical detection method is used for end point detection, and when polishing of the metal film and polishing of the insulating film are mixed in the polishing of the polishing target, the following problems arise. The torque fluctuation detection method is suitable for detecting the boundary between the metal film and the insulating film, and the optical detection method is suitable for detecting changes in the thickness of the film. Therefore, with only one method, when both the detection of the film boundary and the detection of the thickness of the remaining film are required, only insufficient detection accuracy can be obtained. The problem can be solved by using torque fluctuation detection and optical detection separately depending on whether it is the detection of the film boundary or the detection of the thickness of the remaining film.

在光學式檢測器的情況下,研磨裝置的終點檢測部照射光至半導體晶圓16,測量來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度。終點檢測部基於臂轉矩檢測部檢測到的臂轉矩、光學式檢測器724測量出的來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度,檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。光學式檢測器724的輸出經由配線726送至控制部65。In the case of an optical detector, the end point detection unit of the polishing device irradiates light to the semiconductor wafer 16 and measures the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 . The end point detection unit detects the polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing based on the arm torque detected by the arm torque detection unit and the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 measured by the optical detector 724 . The output of the optical detector 724 is sent to the control unit 65 via the wiring 726 .

在光學式檢測器的情況下,在研磨墊10的一部分有開口720。在開口720有作為視窗的觀察口722。經由觀察口722,進行光照射及反射光的檢測。在研磨時,在能夠與半導體晶圓16相對的研磨台30A內的位置組入觀察口722。在觀察口722的下部配置有光學式檢測器724。在光學式檢測器724為光纖檢測器的情況下,有時沒有觀察口722。In the case of an optical detector, there is an opening 720 in a part of the polishing pad 10 . The opening 720 has an observation port 722 as a viewing window. Through the observation port 722, light irradiation and reflected light detection are performed. During polishing, the observation port 722 is installed at a position in the polishing table 30A that can face the semiconductor wafer 16 . An optical detector 724 is arranged below the observation port 722 . When the optical detector 724 is an optical fiber detector, the observation port 722 may not be provided.

在沒有觀察口722的情況下,有時從光纖檢測器的周圍輸出純水,除去從噴嘴728供給的漿料而檢測終點。光學式檢測器具有供給用於清洗漿料的純水(或高純度氣體,液體與氣體的混合物等流體)至開口420內的流體供給部(未圖示)。When there is no observation port 722, pure water may be output from the periphery of the optical fiber detector, and the slurry supplied from the nozzle 728 may be removed to detect the end point. The optical detector has a fluid supply part (not shown) that supplies pure water (or fluid such as high-purity gas or a mixture of liquid and gas) for cleaning the slurry into the opening 420 .

檢測器也可以有複數個。例如,如圖30所示,設於中心部和端部,監控中心部和端部的雙方的檢測訊號。圖30(a)表示光學式檢測器724的配置,圖30(b)是光學式檢測器724的放大圖。終點檢測部28從這些複數個訊號中,因應研磨條件(半導體晶圓16的材質,研磨時間等)的變化,選擇不受研磨條件的影響的(或者,最適合該研磨條件的)檢測訊號來判斷終點而停止研磨。There may also be a plurality of detectors. For example, as shown in FIG. 30 , it is provided at the center part and the end part, and the detection signals of both the center part and the end part are monitored. FIG. 30( a ) shows the arrangement of the optical detector 724 , and FIG. 30( b ) is an enlarged view of the optical detector 724 . From these plural signals, the end point detection unit 28 selects a detection signal that is not affected by the polishing conditions (or is most suitable for the polishing conditions) in response to changes in the polishing conditions (material of the semiconductor wafer 16 , polishing time, etc.). Judge the end point and stop grinding.

關於這一點,進一步進行說明。已述的由擺動軸馬達14進行的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定)與光學式檢測的組合當用於檢測層間絕緣膜(ILD)、及由STI(Shallow Trench Isolation:淺溝槽隔離)形成的元件隔離膜的研磨終點時,係有效。在SOPM(Spectrum Optical Endpoint Monitoring:頻譜光學端點監測)等光學式檢測中,檢測殘膜的厚度,進行終點檢測。例如,在LSI的層疊膜的製造製程中,藉由金屬膜的研磨、絕緣膜的研磨,有時需要形成殘膜。需要進行金屬膜的研磨、絕緣膜的研磨,變成能因應是金屬膜的研磨還是絕緣膜的研磨,分開使用轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測。This point will be explained further. The combination of the torque fluctuation detection (motor current fluctuation measurement) and optical detection performed by the swing axis motor 14 is used to detect the interlayer insulating film (ILD) and STI (Shallow Trench Isolation). It is effective when the component isolation film is formed at the polishing end point. In optical inspections such as SOPM (Spectrum Optical Endpoint Monitoring), the thickness of the remaining film is detected and endpoint detection is performed. For example, in the manufacturing process of the LSI multilayer film, it is sometimes necessary to form a residual film by polishing the metal film and polishing the insulating film. It is necessary to polish the metal film and polish the insulating film. According to the polishing of the metal film or the polishing of the insulating film, torque fluctuation detection and optical detection can be used separately.

另外,在終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況下,在僅轉矩變動檢測與光學式檢測中的一方式的情況下,難以進行準確的終點檢測。因此,由轉矩變動檢測與光學式檢測進行膜厚測定,藉由兩者的檢測結果,判定是否為終點,而在最適當的時點結束研磨。在混合狀態下,在轉矩變動檢測和光學式檢測的任一檢測中,由於測定訊號弱,因此測定精度降低。但是,藉由使用由兩種以上的測定方法得到的訊號來判定,能夠判定最適當的終點位置。例如,在使用藉由兩種以上的測定方法得到的訊號之任一判定而得出為終點的結果時,判定為終點。In addition, when the film structure of the end point is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film, it is difficult to perform accurate end point detection using only one of torque fluctuation detection and optical detection. Therefore, the film thickness is measured by torque fluctuation detection and optical detection. Based on the detection results of the two, it is determined whether the end point is reached, and polishing is completed at the most appropriate time. In a mixed state, in both torque fluctuation detection and optical detection, the measurement signal is weak, so the measurement accuracy decreases. However, by using signals obtained by two or more measurement methods, the most appropriate end position can be determined. For example, when any one of the determinations of signals obtained by two or more measurement methods results in a result that is an end point, it is determined to be an end point.

接著,參照圖31,對具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,並用擺動研磨台30A之擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動(研磨台30A的摩擦變動)的檢測、由光學式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的研磨面的反射率的檢測、由渦電流式檢測器進行的半導體晶圓16的被研磨物內的渦電流的檢測。結合使用這三種檢測方法。Next, another embodiment including an optical detector will be described with reference to FIG. 31 . In this method, the detection of the torque variation of the swing axis motor 14 of the swing polishing table 30A (the friction variation of the polishing table 30A), the detection of the reflectance of the polished surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by an optical detector, are used in combination. The eddy current detector detects the eddy current in the object to be polished of the semiconductor wafer 16 . Use a combination of these three detection methods.

在圖31的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下課題。圖30的實施方式的轉矩變動檢測方式以及光學式檢測方式有難以檢測金屬膜的厚度的變化的課題。圖31的實施方式解決該課題,在圖30的實施方式中進一步結合使用渦電流的檢測。由於檢測金屬膜內的渦電流,因此檢測金屬膜的厚度的變化更容易。In the case of the embodiment of FIG. 31 , the following problems can be solved. The torque fluctuation detection method and the optical detection method of the embodiment in FIG. 30 have a problem that it is difficult to detect changes in the thickness of the metal film. The embodiment of FIG. 31 solves this problem, and the embodiment of FIG. 30 further uses detection of eddy current. Since the eddy current within the metal film is detected, it is easier to detect changes in the thickness of the metal film.

圖31(a)表示光學式檢測器724、渦電流式檢測器730的配置,圖31(b)為光學式檢測器724的放大圖,圖31(c)為渦電流式檢測器730的放大圖。渦電流式檢測器730配置在研磨台30A內。渦電流式檢測器730在半導體晶圓16產生磁場,檢測所產生的磁場的強度。終點檢測部28基於臂轉矩檢測部26檢測到的臂轉矩、光學式檢測器724測量到來自半導體晶圓16的反射光的強度、渦電流式檢測器730測量到的磁場的強度來檢測表示研磨的結束之研磨終點。FIG. 31(a) shows the arrangement of the optical detector 724 and the eddy current detector 730. FIG. 31(b) is an enlarged view of the optical detector 724, and FIG. 31(c) is an enlarged view of the eddy current detector 730. Figure. The eddy current detector 730 is arranged in the polishing table 30A. The eddy current detector 730 generates a magnetic field in the semiconductor wafer 16 and detects the intensity of the generated magnetic field. The end point detection unit 28 detects based on the arm torque detected by the arm torque detection unit 26 , the intensity of the reflected light from the semiconductor wafer 16 measured by the optical detector 724 , and the intensity of the magnetic field measured by the eddy current detector 730 The grinding end point indicates the end of grinding.

本方式是為了終點檢測而組合擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動檢測;以及由組入研磨台30A的光學式檢測器724和渦電流式檢測器730進行的半導體晶圓16的物理量的檢測的示例。擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定)在所研磨的試樣的膜質會變化的部位的終點檢測中較好。光學方式在ILD、STI等絕緣膜的殘膜量的檢測和由其進行的終點檢測中較好。由渦電流式檢測器進行的終點檢測在例如研磨經鍍覆的金屬膜而研磨到作為終點的下層的絕緣膜之時點的終點檢測中較好。This method is an example of combining torque fluctuation detection of the swing axis motor 14 for end point detection and detection of physical quantities of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the optical detector 724 and the eddy current detector 730 incorporated in the polishing table 30A. . The torque fluctuation detection (motor current fluctuation measurement) of the swing axis motor 14 is suitable for end point detection at a portion of the polished sample where the film quality changes. The optical method is suitable for detecting the remaining film amount of insulating films such as ILD and STI and for endpoint detection using it. The end point detection by an eddy current detector is preferably, for example, the end point detection at the point when the plated metal film is polished to the underlying insulating film as the end point.

在具有LSI等多層的半導體的製造製程中,由於會進行由各種材料構成的多層的研磨,因此為了高精度地進行多種膜的研磨和終點檢測,在一實施方式中能夠使用三種終點檢測方法,也能夠使用三種以上。例如,進一步,能夠並用使研磨台30A旋轉的馬達的轉矩變動檢測(馬達電流變動測定(TCM))。In the manufacturing process of multi-layered semiconductors such as LSI, multiple layers made of various materials are polished. Therefore, in order to perform polishing and end-point detection of various films with high accuracy, in one embodiment, three end-point detection methods can be used. Three or more types can also be used. For example, further, torque fluctuation detection (motor current fluctuation measurement (TCM)) of the motor that rotates the polishing table 30A can be used in combination.

使用這四種終點檢測的組合,能夠進行高功能的控制、精度好的終點檢測。例如,在頂環31A在研磨台30A上移動(擺動)而進行研磨的情況下,藉由TCM檢測由頂環31A的位置的變化導致的研磨台30A的轉矩變動。由此,藉由頂環31A位於研磨台30A的中心部時、頂環31A移至動研磨台30A的一方的端部時、頂環31A移動至研磨台30A的另一方的端部時的轉矩變動,而能夠發現頂環31A對試樣的按壓有所不同的主因。當發現主因,則可為了使對試樣的按壓均勻化而進行頂環31A的表面的按壓的調整等回饋。Using the combination of these four endpoint detections, high-function control and high-precision endpoint detection can be achieved. For example, when the top ring 31A moves (oscillates) on the polishing table 30A to perform polishing, the TCM detects the torque variation of the polishing table 30A caused by the change in the position of the top ring 31A. Thereby, by the rotation when the top ring 31A is located at the center of the grinding table 30A, when the top ring 31A moves to one end of the movable grinding table 30A, and when the top ring 31A moves to the other end of the grinding table 30A, The moment changes, and the main reason why the top ring 31A presses the sample differently can be found. When the main cause is found, feedback such as adjustment of the pressure on the surface of the top ring 31A can be performed to make the pressure on the sample uniform.

作為由頂環31A的位置的變化導致的研磨台30A的轉矩變動的主因,被認為是由於頂環31A與研磨台30A的水平度的偏差、試樣面與研磨墊10的表面的水平度的偏差、或研磨墊10的磨損度的差異,因此會有頂環31A位於中心部時和頂環31A位於從中心部偏離的位置時的摩擦力不同等。The main cause of the torque variation of the polishing table 30A caused by the change in the position of the top ring 31A is considered to be the deviation in the level of the top ring 31A and the polishing table 30A, and the levelness of the sample surface and the surface of the polishing pad 10 Due to the deviation or the difference in the degree of wear of the polishing pad 10, there will be a difference in friction between when the top ring 31A is located at the center and when the top ring 31A is located at a position deviated from the center.

此外,在半導體晶圓16的膜的研磨終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況下,由於僅以一個檢測方式難以進行準確的終點檢測,因此從檢測臂轉矩變動的方式與光學式檢測方法,或者檢測臂轉矩變動的方式與檢測渦電流的方式,或者三種全部的訊號檢測判定終點狀態,在最適當的時點結束研磨。在混合狀態下,在轉矩變動檢測、光學式、對檢測渦電流進行檢測的方式的任一方式中,由於測定訊號弱,因此測定精度降低。但是,藉由使用由三種以上的測定方法得到的訊號來進行判定,能夠判定最適當的終點位置。例如,在使用了由三種以上的測定方法得到的訊號之判定的任一而判定得出為終點的結果時,判定為終點。In addition, when the film structure of the polishing end point of the film of the semiconductor wafer 16 is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film, since it is difficult to perform accurate end point detection using only one detection method, the method of detecting arm torque fluctuation With the optical detection method, or the method of detecting arm torque fluctuations, the method of detecting eddy current, or all three signal detections to determine the end state, the grinding is completed at the most appropriate time. In a mixed state, the measurement signal is weak in any of the torque fluctuation detection, optical type, and eddy current detection methods, so the measurement accuracy decreases. However, by making a determination using signals obtained by three or more measurement methods, the most appropriate end position can be determined. For example, when any one of the judgments of signals obtained by three or more measurement methods is used and a result is judged to be an end point, it is judged to be an end point.

列出這些組合,則如以下所示。i.臂轉矩檢測+台轉矩檢測、ii.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測、iii.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測、iv.臂轉矩檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、v.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+台轉矩檢測、vi.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+渦電流檢測、vii.臂轉矩檢測+光學式檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、viii.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測+台轉矩檢測、ix.臂轉矩檢測+渦電流檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、x.臂轉矩檢測+台轉矩檢測+由微波檢測器進行的光學式檢測、xi.此外,還包括與臂轉矩檢測組合的任意檢測器的組合。These combinations are listed below. i. Arm torque detection + table torque detection, ii. Arm torque detection + optical detection, iii. Arm torque detection + eddy current detection, iv. Arm torque detection + optical detection by microwave detector , v. Arm torque detection + optical detection + table torque detection, vi. Arm torque detection + optical detection + eddy current detection, vii. Arm torque detection + optical detection + optical detection by microwave detector Type detection, viii. Arm torque detection + eddy current detection + table torque detection, ix. Arm torque detection + eddy current detection + optical detection by microwave detector, x. Arm torque detection + table torque Detection + optical detection by microwave detector, xi. In addition, a combination of any detector combined with arm torque detection is also included.

圖32、33、34表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例。在以下示例中,作為金屬,為Cu,Al,W,Co等金屬,絕緣膜為SiO2,SiN,玻璃材料(SOG(Spin-on Glass),BPSG(Boron Phosphorus Silicon Glass)等),Lowk材料,樹脂材料,其他絕緣材料。藉由CVD或塗層製造SiO2,SOG,BPSG等。圖32(a),32(b)是研磨絕緣膜的示例。圖32(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖32(b)表示研磨後的狀態。膜732為矽。在膜732上形成有膜734,膜734是SiO2(熱氧化膜)、SiN等絕緣膜。在膜734上形成有膜736,膜736是由成膜形成的氧化膜(SiO2)、玻璃材料(SOG,BPSG)等絕緣膜。膜736被研磨到圖32(b)所示的狀態。32 , 33 , and 34 illustrate examples in which the film structure at the end portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. In the following examples, the metal is Cu, Al, W, Co and other metals, the insulating film is SiO2, SiN, glass material (SOG (Spin-on Glass), BPSG (Boron Phosphorus Silicon Glass), etc.), Lowk material, Resin materials, other insulating materials. Manufacture SiO2, SOG, BPSG, etc. by CVD or coating. Figures 32(a) and 32(b) are examples of polishing the insulating film. Figure 32(a) shows the state before polishing, and Figure 32(b) shows the state after polishing. Membrane 732 is silicon. A film 734 is formed on the film 732, and the film 734 is an insulating film such as SiO2 (thermal oxide film) or SiN. A film 736 is formed on the film 734. The film 736 is an insulating film such as an oxide film (SiO2) or a glass material (SOG, BPSG) formed by film formation. The film 736 is polished to the state shown in Fig. 32(b).

藉由光學式檢測測定膜736的膜厚。膜736與膜734的邊界758、膜734與膜732的邊界對光的反射敏感。因此,希望為光學式檢測。另外,膜736與膜734的材質不同時,有時研磨時的摩擦的變化大。此時,宜為光學式檢測+轉矩檢測。The film thickness of film 736 is measured by optical detection. The boundary 758 between film 736 and film 734, and the boundary between film 734 and film 732 are sensitive to reflection of light. Therefore, optical detection is desired. In addition, when the materials of the film 736 and the film 734 are different, the change in friction during polishing may be large. At this time, it is appropriate to use optical detection + torque detection.

圖33(a),33(b)是研磨金屬膜的示例。圖33(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖33(b)表示研磨後的狀態。埋入部737為STI。在膜734上形成有與膜736同樣的膜738。在膜734上形成有閘電極740。在膜734下形成有作為汲極或源極的擴散層744。擴散層744與穿孔、插塞等的縱配線742連接。閘電極740與未圖示的縱配線742連接。縱配線742貫通膜738內。在膜738上形成有金屬膜746。縱配線742和金屬膜746為相同的金屬。金屬膜746被研磨到圖33(b)所示的狀態。此外,在圖33中,形成有閘電極740、擴散層744,但也可以形成其他電路要件。Figures 33(a) and 33(b) are examples of polishing metal films. Figure 33(a) shows the state before polishing, and Figure 33(b) shows the state after polishing. The embedded part 737 is STI. A film 738 similar to the film 736 is formed on the film 734 . Gate electrode 740 is formed on film 734 . A diffusion layer 744 serving as a drain or source is formed under the film 734 . The diffusion layer 744 is connected to vertical wirings 742 such as through holes and plugs. The gate electrode 740 is connected to a vertical wiring 742 (not shown). The vertical wiring 742 penetrates the inside of the film 738 . A metal film 746 is formed on the film 738 . The vertical wiring 742 and the metal film 746 are made of the same metal. The metal film 746 is polished to the state shown in Fig. 33(b). In addition, in FIG. 33 , the gate electrode 740 and the diffusion layer 744 are formed, but other circuit components may be formed.

金屬膜746為金屬膜,因此利用金屬膜急劇減少時金屬膜746內的渦電流的波形變化大一事,來檢測渦電流。另外,能夠將光學式檢測,其利用從金屬膜的反射量大的狀態減少金屬膜,反射量急劇變化,與渦電流檢測並用。膜738為絕緣膜,因此藉由光學式檢測測定膜厚。Since the metal film 746 is a metal film, the eddy current is detected by utilizing the fact that the waveform of the eddy current in the metal film 746 changes greatly when the metal film decreases sharply. In addition, optical detection, which utilizes a state in which the amount of reflection from the metal film is large to reduce the metal film and cause the amount of reflection to change rapidly, can be used in combination with eddy current detection. The film 738 is an insulating film, so the film thickness is measured by optical detection.

圖34(a),34(b)是研磨金屬膜的示例。圖34(a)表示研磨前的狀態,圖34(b)表示研磨後的狀態。埋入部737為STI。在膜734上形成有膜738。在膜734上形成有閘電極740。在膜734下形成有作為汲極或源極的擴散層744。擴散層744與穿孔、插塞等的縱配線742連接。閘電極740與未圖示的縱配線742連接。縱配線742貫通膜738內。在穿孔742之上形成有金屬的橫配線750。金屬膜748和橫配線750為相同的金屬。金屬膜748被研磨到圖34(b)所示的狀態。Figures 34(a) and 34(b) are examples of polishing metal films. Figure 34(a) shows the state before polishing, and Figure 34(b) shows the state after polishing. The embedded part 737 is STI. Film 738 is formed on film 734 . Gate electrode 740 is formed on film 734 . A diffusion layer 744 serving as a drain or source is formed under the film 734 . The diffusion layer 744 is connected to vertical wirings 742 such as through holes and plugs. The gate electrode 740 is connected to a vertical wiring 742 (not shown). The vertical wiring 742 penetrates the inside of the film 738 . A metal horizontal wiring 750 is formed on the through hole 742 . The metal film 748 and the horizontal wiring 750 are made of the same metal. The metal film 748 is polished to the state shown in Fig. 34(b).

金屬膜748為金屬膜,因此使用渦電流式檢測器,檢測渦電流。絕緣膜738為絕緣膜,因此利用光學式檢測,測定膜厚。此外,圖32以下所示的實施方式對圖1~圖31的所有實施方式能夠適用。Since the metal film 748 is a metal film, an eddy current detector is used to detect the eddy current. Since the insulating film 738 is an insulating film, optical detection is used to measure the film thickness. In addition, the embodiments shown below in FIG. 32 are applicable to all the embodiments in FIGS. 1 to 31 .

接著,參照圖35,對作為圖16的變形例的實施方式進行說明。在本方式中,擺動臂110由複數個臂構成。在圖35中,例如,由臂752、臂754構成。臂752安裝於擺動軸馬達14,並在臂754安裝有頂環31A。在臂752與臂754的接合部,檢測擺動臂的轉矩變動並進行終點檢測。Next, an embodiment as a modification of FIG. 16 will be described with reference to FIG. 35 . In this embodiment, the swing arm 110 is composed of a plurality of arms. In FIG. 35 , for example, it is composed of arms 752 and arms 754 . The arm 752 is attached to the swing shaft motor 14, and the top ring 31A is attached to the arm 754. At the joint portion of the arm 752 and the arm 754, the torque variation of the swing arm is detected and the end point is detected.

在圖35的實施方式的情況下,能夠解決以下的課題。在圖16的情況下,在終點檢測中,由於後述的間隙振動等的影響,會有終點檢測精度降低的課題。在圖35的實施方式的情況下,由於能夠減少間隙振動等的影響,因此能夠解決該課題。In the case of the embodiment of FIG. 35 , the following problems can be solved. In the case of FIG. 16 , during end point detection, there is a problem that the accuracy of end point detection is reduced due to the influence of gap vibration etc. which will be described later. In the case of the embodiment of FIG. 35 , since the influence of gap vibration and the like can be reduced, this problem can be solved.

在臂752與臂754的接合部756,配置有檢測擺動臂的轉矩變動的轉矩檢測器。轉矩檢測器具有荷重元706、應變計。在接合部756中,臂752和臂754利用金屬件710彼此固定。臂752藉由擺動軸馬達14而能夠擺動。在由前述擺動馬達電流的變動測定轉矩變化時,有時宜使擺動動作暫時停止,來測定轉矩變化。這是由於有時伴隨擺動動作,擺動馬達的馬達電流的雜訊會增加。A torque detector that detects torque fluctuations of the swing arm is disposed at the joint portion 756 of the arm 752 and the arm 754 . The torque detector has a load cell 706 and a strain gauge. In joint 756 , arm 752 and arm 754 are secured to each other with metal piece 710 . The arm 752 is swingable by the swing shaft motor 14 . When measuring the change in torque from the change in the current of the swing motor, it is sometimes desirable to temporarily stop the swing operation to measure the change in torque. This is because noise in the motor current of the swing motor sometimes increases with the swing motion.

在本方式的情況下,在因圖32(a)的邊界758那樣的膜質變化的部分的摩擦變動導致研磨轉矩發生變動的情況下,能夠由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行邊界758的檢測。研磨轉矩的變動的檢測也能夠藉由擺動軸馬達14的電流變動的檢測。與由電流變動進行的轉矩變動檢測相比,由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測具有以下優點。In the case of this mode, when the polishing torque fluctuates due to the frictional fluctuation of the portion where the film quality changes like the boundary 758 in FIG. 32( a ), the boundary 758 can be detected by the torque detector of the joint portion 756 detection. The fluctuation of the grinding torque can also be detected by the detection of the current fluctuation of the swing axis motor 14 . The torque fluctuation detection by the torque detector of the joint part 756 has the following advantages compared with the torque fluctuation detection by the current fluctuation.

由電流變動的檢測進行的轉矩變動檢測會有擺動軸馬達14的旋轉動作(搖動)導致的誤差,例如,擺動軸馬達14導致的擺動臂110的間隙振動等的影響。間隙振動是指,由於在將擺動臂110安裝到擺動軸馬達14的安裝部有些許遊隙,因此在擺動軸馬達14的旋轉動作時,起因於遊隙的振動。在由接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測中,在接合部756沒有間隙振動,能夠檢測與研磨部的摩擦變化對應的轉矩變動。因此,能夠進行更高精度的終點檢測。為了減少間隙振動,有時需要停止擺動臂110的搖動。但是,在利用接合部756的轉矩檢測器進行的轉矩變動檢測中,即便不停止擺動臂110的擺動,也能夠進行高精度的終點檢測。Torque fluctuation detection by detecting current fluctuations may be affected by errors caused by rotational motion (oscillation) of the swing axis motor 14 , for example, clearance vibration of the swing arm 110 caused by the swing axis motor 14 . The backlash vibration refers to a vibration caused by the backlash during the rotation operation of the swing shaft motor 14 because there is some play in the mounting portion where the swing arm 110 is attached to the swing shaft motor 14 . In the torque fluctuation detection by the torque detector of the joint part 756, there is no gap vibration in the joint part 756, and the torque fluctuation corresponding to the friction change of the polishing part can be detected. Therefore, more accurate end point detection is possible. In order to reduce the gap vibration, it is sometimes necessary to stop the swing of the swing arm 110 . However, in the torque fluctuation detection using the torque detector of the joint portion 756, high-precision end point detection can be performed without stopping the swing of the swing arm 110.

本方式也能夠適用於頂環31A有複數個的情況或者圓盤傳送帶方式。隨著LSI的層疊膜的薄膜化、功能元件的細微化的發展,為了性能穩定化和維持成品率,與以往相比,需要以更高的精度進行研磨終點。作為能夠與這樣的要求對應的技術,本方式有效。This method can also be applied to the case where there are a plurality of top rings 31A or the carousel method. As LSI laminate films become thinner and functional components become miniaturized, in order to stabilize performance and maintain yield, polishing endpoints need to be performed with higher precision than ever before. This method is effective as a technology that can cope with such requirements.

接著,參照圖36,對由控制部65進行基板處理裝置整體的控制進行說明。主控制器即控制部65具有CPU、記憶體、記錄媒體、記錄在記錄媒體的軟體等。控制部65進行基板處理裝置整體的監測、控制,而為此進行訊號的收發、資訊記錄、運算。控制部65主要在與單元控制器760之間進行訊號的收發。單元控制器760也具有:CPU、記憶體、記錄媒體、記錄在記錄媒體中的軟體等。在圖36的情況下,控制部65內置有作為檢測表示研磨的結束的研磨終點的終點檢測手段和對由研磨單元進行的研磨進行控制的控制手段而發揮作用的程式。此外,單元控制器760也可以內置該程式的一部分或全部。程式能夠更新。此外,程式也可以不能更新。Next, the control of the entire substrate processing apparatus by the control unit 65 will be described with reference to FIG. 36 . The control unit 65 that is the main controller includes a CPU, a memory, a recording medium, software recorded on the recording medium, and the like. The control unit 65 monitors and controls the entire substrate processing apparatus, and performs signal transmission and reception, information recording, and calculation for this purpose. The control unit 65 mainly transmits and receives signals with the unit controller 760 . The unit controller 760 also has a CPU, a memory, a recording medium, software recorded in the recording medium, and the like. In the case of FIG. 36 , the control unit 65 has built-in programs that function as end point detection means for detecting the polishing end point indicating the end of polishing and as control means for controlling polishing by the polishing unit. In addition, the unit controller 760 may also have part or all of the program built-in. The program can be updated. In addition, the program may not be updated.

根據參照圖36~圖38說明的實施方式,能夠解決以下課題。作為至今為止的典型的研磨裝置的控制方式的課題,有以下的點。關於終點檢測,在進行標的物的研磨前,進行多次測試,根據所得到的資料求得研磨條件、終點判定條件,形成作為研磨條件的配方。雖然有時使用一部分訊號分析,但對於半導體晶圓構造使用一個檢測器訊號來進行判斷終點檢測的處理。由此對於以下要求不能得到足夠的精度。為了提高製作的元件、晶片的成品率,在元件、晶片的製作中,需要更高精度的終點檢測,並需要將批次間、晶片間的偏差抑制得較小。為了實現上述目的,藉由使用系統其進行適用了圖36以後的實施例的終點檢測,能夠進行更高精度的終點檢測,能夠提高成品率、減少晶片間的研磨量偏差。According to the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 36 to 38 , the following problems can be solved. There are the following points as problems of conventional control methods of typical polishing devices. Regarding endpoint detection, multiple tests are conducted before grinding the target substance. Based on the obtained data, the grinding conditions and endpoint determination conditions are obtained, and a formula as the grinding conditions is formed. Although partial signal analysis is sometimes used, a detector signal is used for semiconductor wafer structures to determine the endpoint detection process. As a result, sufficient accuracy cannot be obtained for the following requirements. In order to improve the yield of manufactured components and wafers, higher-precision endpoint detection is required during the production of components and wafers, and deviations between batches and wafers need to be suppressed to a small level. In order to achieve the above object, by using the system to perform end point detection to which the embodiments of FIG. 36 and later are applied, more accurate end point detection can be performed, the yield can be improved, and the polishing amount variation between wafers can be reduced.

尤其是,能夠實現高速的資料處理、多種類且大量的檢測器的訊號處理、對這些訊號進行標準化的資料、從資料利用人工智慧(Artificial Intelligence;AI)的學習以及用於終點檢測的判定的資料組的作成、由所作成的資料組進行的判定例的儲存而學習、學習效果的精度提高、藉由經學習的判定功能所判斷而更新的研磨參數、實現向控制系統高速反映該研磨參數的高速通訊處理系統等。這些能夠適用於圖35以前所示的所有實施例。In particular, it is capable of high-speed data processing, signal processing of a large number of various types of detectors, standardization of data for these signals, learning using artificial intelligence (AI) from the data, and determination for end point detection. Creation of a data set, learning by storing judgment examples from the created data set, improving the accuracy of the learning effect, updating the polishing parameters judged by the learned judgment function, and realizing high-speed reflection of the polishing parameters to the control system high-speed communication processing system, etc. These can be applied to all embodiments shown previously in Figure 35.

單元控制器760進行搭載於基板處理裝置的單元762(一個或者複數個)的控制。在本實施方式中,在按各個單元762設置單元控制器760。作為單元762,有卸載部62,研磨部63,清洗部64等。單元控制器760進行單元762的動作控制,與監測用檢測器的訊號收發,控制訊號的收發,高速的訊號處理等。單元控制器760由FPGA(field-programmable gate array)、ASIC(application specific integrated circuit:特定用途積體電路)等構成。The unit controller 760 controls the unit 762 (one or a plurality of units) installed in the substrate processing apparatus. In this embodiment, the unit controller 760 is provided for each unit 762. As the unit 762, there is an unloading part 62, a grinding part 63, a cleaning part 64 and the like. The unit controller 760 controls the operation of the unit 762, transmits and receives signals from the monitoring detector, transmits and receives control signals, and performs high-speed signal processing. The unit controller 760 is composed of an FPGA (field-programmable gate array), an ASIC (application specific integrated circuit), and the like.

單元762由來自單元控制器760的訊號進行動作。另外,單元762從檢測器接收檢測器訊號,並發送至單元控制器760。檢測器訊號有時從單元控制器760進一步送至控制部65。檢測器訊號藉由控制部65或單元控制器760進行處理(包括運算處理),用於下一步動作的訊號從單元控制器760被送來。由此單元762進行動作。例如,單元控制器760藉由擺動軸馬達14的電流變化檢測擺動臂110的轉矩變動。單元控制器760將檢測結果送至控制部65。控制部65進行終點檢測。Unit 762 is operated by signals from unit controller 760 . Additionally, unit 762 receives detector signals from the detectors and sends them to unit controller 760 . The detector signal is sometimes further sent from the unit controller 760 to the control section 65 . The detector signal is processed (including arithmetic processing) by the control unit 65 or the unit controller 760, and a signal for the next action is sent from the unit controller 760. This is how unit 762 operates. For example, the unit controller 760 detects the torque variation of the swing arm 110 through the current variation of the swing shaft motor 14 . The unit controller 760 sends the detection results to the control unit 65 . The control unit 65 performs end point detection.

作為軟體,例如有以下。軟體藉由記錄在控制設備(控制部65或單元控制器760)內的資料,求得研磨墊10的種類、漿料供給量。接著,軟體指定能夠在研磨墊10的維護時期或到維護時期為止使用的研磨墊10,計算漿料供給量,並將它們輸出。軟體也可以是在基板處理裝置764發貨後,能夠安裝到基板處理裝置764的軟體。Examples of software include the following. The software obtains the type of polishing pad 10 and the slurry supply amount based on the data recorded in the control device (control unit 65 or unit controller 760 ). Next, the software specifies the polishing pad 10 that can be used during the maintenance period of the polishing pad 10 or until the maintenance period, calculates the slurry supply amount, and outputs it. The software may be software that can be installed in the substrate processing apparatus 764 after the substrate processing apparatus 764 is shipped.

控制部65,單元控制器760,單元762間的通訊可以是有線,也可以是無線。在與基板處理裝置764的外部間能夠使用經由網際網路的通訊或其他通訊手段(藉由專用回線的高速通訊)。關於資料的通訊,可以是藉由雲協作而利用雲、藉由智慧手機協作而在基板處理裝置中進行經由智慧手機的資料的交換等。由此,能夠與基板處理裝置的外部進行基板處理裝置的運行狀況、基板處理的設定資訊的交換。作為通訊設備,也可以在檢測器間形成通訊網路,並利用該通訊網路。The communication between the control part 65, the unit controller 760, and the unit 762 may be wired or wireless. Communication via the Internet or other communication means (high-speed communication via a dedicated loop) can be used with the outside of the substrate processing apparatus 764 . Regarding the communication of data, the cloud may be used through cloud collaboration, the data may be exchanged via a smartphone in a substrate processing apparatus through smartphone collaboration, or the like. Thereby, the operation status of the substrate processing apparatus and the setting information of the substrate processing can be exchanged with the outside of the substrate processing apparatus. As a communication device, a communication network can also be formed between detectors and the communication network can be utilized.

使用上述控制功能、通訊功能,能夠進行基板處理裝置的自動化運行。為了進行自動化運行,能夠進行基板處理裝置的控制模式的標準化、利用於研磨終點的判斷的閾值。Using the above control function and communication function, the substrate processing device can be automatically operated. For automated operation, it is possible to standardize the control mode of the substrate processing apparatus and to use a threshold value for determining the polishing end point.

能夠進行基板處理裝置的異常/壽命預測/判斷/顯示。另外,能夠進行用於性能穩定化的控制。Enables abnormality/life prediction/judgment/display of substrate processing equipment. In addition, control for stabilizing performance can be performed.

能夠自動地提取基板處理裝置的運行時的各種資料、研磨資料(膜厚、研磨的終點)的特徵量而自動學習運轉狀態、研磨狀態,進行控制模式的自動標準化,進行異常/壽命預測/判斷/顯示。It can automatically extract the characteristic quantities of various data and polishing data (film thickness, polishing end point) during the operation of the substrate processing device, automatically learn the operating status and polishing status, automatically standardize the control mode, and perform abnormality/life prediction/judgment. /display.

能夠在通訊方式,設備介面等中,進行例如格式等標準化,並使用裝置、設備彼此的資訊通訊而能夠進行裝置、設備的管理。It is possible to standardize formats, etc., in communication methods, device interfaces, etc., and to use information communication between devices and devices to manage devices and devices.

接著,對在基板處理裝置764中,以檢測器從半導體晶圓16取得資訊,經由網際網路等通訊手段,在設置有基板處理裝置的工廠內/工廠外所設置的資料處理裝置(雲等)儲存資料,分析儲存於雲等的資料,因應分析結果控制基板處理裝置的實施方式進行說明。圖37表示該實施方式的結構。Next, in the substrate processing device 764, a detector is used to obtain information from the semiconductor wafer 16, and through communication means such as the Internet, a data processing device (cloud, etc.) installed in/outside the factory where the substrate processing device is installed is ) to store data, analyze the data stored in the cloud, etc., and control the substrate processing device according to the analysis results. Fig. 37 shows the structure of this embodiment.

1.作為以檢測器從半導體晶圓16取得的資訊,可以是以下。與擺動軸馬達14的轉矩變動相關的測定訊號或測定資料、SOPM(光學式檢測器)的測定訊號或測定資料、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號或測定資料、將上述一個或複數個組合的測定訊號或測定資料;2.作為網際網路等通訊手段的功能以及結構,可以是以下。將包括上述測定訊號或測定資料的訊號或資料傳送到與網路766連接的資料處理裝置768。網路766可以是網際網路或高速通訊等通訊手段。例如,可以是以基板處理裝置、閘道、網際網路、雲、網際網路、資料處理裝置之順序連接的網路766。作為高速通訊,有高速光通訊,高速無線通訊等。另外,作為高速無線通訊,考慮Wi-Fi(注冊商標),Bluetooth(注冊商標),Wi-Max(注冊商標),3G,LTE等。也能夠適用除此以外的高速無線通訊。此外,能夠將雲作為資料處理裝置。在資料處理裝置768設置於工廠內的情況下,能夠處理來自工廠內的一台或者多台基板處理裝置的訊號。在資料處理裝置768設置於工廠外的情況下,能夠將來自工廠內的一台或者多台基板處理裝置的訊號傳遞至工廠外部,並進行處理。此時,能夠與設於國內或外國的資料處理裝置連接。3. 關於資料處理裝置768分析儲存於雲等的資料,因應分析結果控制基板處理裝置764的方式,能夠如下所示。在測定訊號或測定資料被處理之後,能夠作為控制訊號或控制資料傳遞至基板處理裝置764。接收了資料的基板處理裝置764基於該資料,更新與研磨處理相關的研磨參數並進行研磨動作,另外,來自資料處理裝置768的資料是表示檢測到終點的訊號/資料的情況下,判斷為檢測到終點,並結束研磨。作為研磨參數有(1)對於半導體晶圓16的四個區域,即,中央部,內側中間部,外側中間部,以及周緣部的按壓力,(2)研磨時間,(3)研磨台30A、頂環31A的轉速,(4)用於研磨終點的判定的閾值等。1. The information obtained from the semiconductor wafer 16 by the detector may be as follows. A measurement signal or measurement data related to the torque fluctuation of the swing axis motor 14, a measurement signal or measurement data of an SOPM (optical detector), a measurement signal or measurement data of an eddy current detector, or a combination of one or more of the above. Measurement signals or measurement data; 2. The function and structure of communication means such as the Internet can be as follows. The signal or data including the above-mentioned measurement signal or measurement data is transmitted to the data processing device 768 connected to the network 766 . Network 766 may be a communication means such as the Internet or high-speed communication. For example, the network 766 may be a substrate processing device, a gateway, the Internet, a cloud, the Internet, and a data processing device connected in this order. As high-speed communication, there are high-speed optical communication, high-speed wireless communication, etc. In addition, as high-speed wireless communication, Wi-Fi (registered trademark), Bluetooth (registered trademark), Wi-Max (registered trademark), 3G, LTE, etc. are considered. It is also applicable to other high-speed wireless communications. In addition, the cloud can be used as a data processing device. When the data processing device 768 is installed in a factory, it can process signals from one or more substrate processing devices in the factory. When the data processing device 768 is installed outside the factory, signals from one or more substrate processing devices in the factory can be transmitted to the outside of the factory and processed. At this time, it is possible to connect to a data processing device installed in the country or abroad. 3. The data processing device 768 analyzes the data stored in the cloud, etc., and controls the substrate processing device 764 according to the analysis results as follows. After the measurement signal or measurement data is processed, it can be transmitted to the substrate processing device 764 as a control signal or control data. The substrate processing device 764 that has received the data updates the polishing parameters related to the polishing process based on the data and performs the polishing operation. In addition, if the data from the data processing device 768 is a signal/data indicating that the end point is detected, it is determined that the end point is detected. Get to the end point and end the grind. The polishing parameters include (1) the pressing force for the four regions of the semiconductor wafer 16 , that is, the central portion, the inner middle portion, the outer middle portion, and the peripheral portion, (2) the grinding time, (3) the grinding table 30A, The rotation speed of the top ring 31A, (4) the threshold used to determine the polishing end point, etc.

接著,參照圖38說明其他實施方式。圖38是表示圖37的實施方式的變形例的圖。本實施方式中係為以基板處理裝置,中間處理裝置,網路766,資料處理裝置的順序連接之構成。中間處理裝置例如由FPGA、ASIC構成,具有濾除功能,運算功能,資料加工功能,資料組作成功能等。Next, other embodiments will be described with reference to FIG. 38 . FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a modification of the embodiment of FIG. 37 . In this embodiment, a substrate processing device, an intermediate processing device, a network 766, and a data processing device are sequentially connected. The intermediate processing device is composed of, for example, FPGA and ASIC, and has filtering functions, computing functions, data processing functions, data composition functions, etc.

由如何使用網際網路和高速光通訊,分為以下的三種情況,有(1)在基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為網際網路,網路766為網際網路的情況,(2)基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為高速光通訊,網路766為高速光通訊的情況,(3)基板處理裝置與中間處理裝置之間為高速光通訊,從中間處理裝置到外側為網際網路的情況。Depending on how the Internet and high-speed optical communication are used, it is divided into the following three situations: (1) The Internet is between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, and the network 766 is the Internet; (2) There is high-speed optical communication between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, and the network 766 is high-speed optical communication. (3) There is high-speed optical communication between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, and the Internet is used from the intermediate processing device to the outside. road conditions.

(1)的情況:係整體系統中的資料通訊速度與資料處理速度可為網際網路通訊速度的情況。資料採樣速度1~1000mS左右,能夠進行複數個研磨條件參數的資料通訊。在該情況下,中間處理裝置770進行送至資料處理裝置768的資料組的作成。資料組的細節於後述。接收到資料組的資料處理裝置768進行資料處理,例如,計算到終點位置為止的研磨條件參數的變更值、作成研磨製程的工序計畫、藉由網路766返回中間處理裝置770。中間處理裝置770將研磨條件參數的變更值、所需的控制訊號送至基板處理裝置764。(1): This is a situation where the data communication speed and data processing speed in the overall system can be the Internet communication speed. The data sampling speed is about 1~1000mS, and it can carry out data communication of multiple grinding condition parameters. In this case, the intermediate processing device 770 creates a data set to be sent to the data processing device 768 . The details of the data set are described later. The data processing device 768 that receives the data set performs data processing, for example, calculates the change value of the polishing condition parameters until the end position, creates a process plan for the polishing process, and returns it to the intermediate processing device 770 through the network 766. The intermediate processing device 770 sends the change values of the polishing condition parameters and the required control signals to the substrate processing device 764 .

(2)的情況:基板處理裝置-中間處理裝置之間,中間處理裝置-資料處理裝置之間的檢測器訊號、狀態管理設備之間的通訊為高速通訊。在高速通訊中,能夠以通訊速度1~1000Gbps進行通訊。在高速通訊中,能夠進行資料、資料組、指令、控制訊號等的通訊。在該情況下,透過中間處理裝置770作成資料組,並將其發送至資料處理裝置768。中間處理裝置770提取在資料處理裝置768中的處理中所需的資料並進行加工而作成為資料組。例如,提取終點檢測用的複數個檢測器訊號而作成為資料組。In the case of (2): the communication between the substrate processing device and the intermediate processing device, the detector signal and the status management equipment between the intermediate processing device and the data processing device are high-speed communications. In high-speed communication, communication can be carried out at communication speeds of 1~1000Gbps. In high-speed communication, data, data groups, instructions, control signals, etc. can be communicated. In this case, the intermediate processing device 770 creates a data set and sends it to the data processing device 768 . The intermediate processing device 770 extracts data required for processing in the data processing device 768 and processes the data to form a data set. For example, a plurality of detector signals for end point detection are extracted and created into a data group.

中間處理裝置770透過高速通訊將所作成的資料組送至資料處理裝置768。資料處理裝置768基於資料組,進行到研磨終點為止的參數變更值的計算、工序計畫作成。資料處理裝置768接收來自複數個基板處理裝置764的資料組,進行對於各個裝置的下一個步驟的參數更新值的計算和工序計畫作成,並將經更新的資料組送至中間處理裝置770。中間處理裝置770基於經更新的資料組,將經更新的資料組轉換為控制訊號,並透過高速通訊送至基板處理裝置764的控制部65。基板處理裝置764因應經更新的控制訊號實施研磨,而進行精度好的終點檢測。The intermediate processing device 770 sends the generated data set to the data processing device 768 through high-speed communication. The data processing device 768 calculates parameter change values up to the polishing end point and creates a process plan based on the data set. The data processing device 768 receives data sets from a plurality of substrate processing devices 764 , calculates parameter update values for the next step of each device and creates a process plan, and sends the updated data sets to the intermediate processing device 770 . The intermediate processing device 770 converts the updated data set into a control signal based on the updated data set, and sends it to the control unit 65 of the substrate processing device 764 through high-speed communication. The substrate processing device 764 performs polishing in response to the updated control signal and performs end point detection with high accuracy.

(3)的情況:中間處理裝置770藉由高速通訊接收基板處理裝置764的複數個檢測器訊號。在高速光通訊中,能為通訊速度1~1000Gbps的通訊。在該情況下,在基板處理裝置764,檢測器,控制部65、中間處理裝置770之間能夠進行由高速通訊進行的線上的研磨條件的控制。資料的處理順序例如為:檢測器訊號接收(從基板處理裝置764到中間處理裝置770),資料組作成,資料處理,參數更新值計算,更新參數訊號的發送,由控制部65進行的研磨控制,經更新的終點檢測之順序。Case (3): The intermediate processing device 770 receives a plurality of detector signals from the substrate processing device 764 through high-speed communication. In high-speed optical communication, it can achieve communication speeds of 1~1000Gbps. In this case, the polishing conditions can be controlled online by high-speed communication between the substrate processing device 764, the detector, the control unit 65, and the intermediate processing device 770. The data processing sequence is, for example: detector signal reception (from the substrate processing device 764 to the intermediate processing device 770), data set creation, data processing, parameter update value calculation, update parameter signal transmission, and polishing control by the control unit 65 , the updated sequence of endpoint detection.

此時,中間處理裝置770以高速通訊的中間處理裝置770進行高速的終點檢測控制。從中間處理裝置770將狀態訊號定期送至資料處理裝置768,以資料處理裝置768進行控制狀態的監測處理。資料處理裝置768接收來自複數個基板處理裝置764的狀態訊號,並對各基板處理裝置764進行接下來的製程工序的計畫作成。將基於計畫的製程工序的計畫訊號送至各個基板處理裝置764,在各個基板處理裝置764中,彼此獨立地進行研磨製程的準備、研磨製程的實施。這樣,以高速通訊的中間處理裝置770進行高速的終點檢測控制,透過資料處理裝置768進行複數個基板處理裝置764的狀態管理。At this time, the intermediate processing device 770 uses the intermediate processing device 770 of high-speed communication to perform high-speed end point detection control. The status signal is periodically sent from the intermediate processing device 770 to the data processing device 768, and the data processing device 768 performs monitoring and processing of the control status. The data processing device 768 receives status signals from a plurality of substrate processing devices 764 and performs planning of the next process steps for each substrate processing device 764 . The planning signal based on the planned process step is sent to each substrate processing device 764. In each substrate processing device 764, preparation for the polishing process and execution of the polishing process are performed independently of each other. In this way, the high-speed communication intermediate processing device 770 performs high-speed end point detection control, and the data processing device 768 performs status management of a plurality of substrate processing devices 764 .

接著,就資料組的示例進行說明。能夠將檢測器訊號和所需的控制參數作為資料組。資料組能夠包括:頂環31A往半導體晶圓16的按壓、擺動軸馬達14的電流、研磨台30A的馬達電流、光學式檢測器的測定訊號、渦電流式檢測器的測定訊號、研磨墊10上方的頂環31A的位置、漿料與藥液的流量/種類、上述資料的相關計算資料等。Next, an example of a data group will be explained. Ability to store detector signals and required control parameters as data sets. The data set can include: the pressing of the top ring 31A to the semiconductor wafer 16, the current of the swing axis motor 14, the motor current of the polishing table 30A, the measurement signal of the optical detector, the measurement signal of the eddy current detector, and the polishing pad 10 The position of the top ring 31A above, the flow rates/types of slurry and chemical liquid, and relevant calculation data of the above data, etc.

上述種類的資料組能夠使用並行發送一維資料的發送系統、時序性地發送一維資料的發送系統來進行發送。作為資料組,能夠將上述一維資料加工為二維資料而作為資料組。例如,當將X軸作為時間,Y軸作為大量的資料列時,將同時刻的複數個參數資料加工處理為一個資料組。二維資料能夠作為二維的圖像資料那樣的資料來進行處理。該優點為,為了二維資料的傳送,能夠以比一維資料的傳送少的配線,而能夠作為與時間關聯的資料而收發且處理。具體而言,在將一維資料原封不動地作成一個訊號一根線時,需要大量配線,但在二維資料的傳送的情況下,能夠藉由一根線來送複數個訊號。另外,當使用多根線時,與接收被發送出的資料的資料處理裝置768之間的介面變得複雜,資料處理裝置768中的資料重組會變得複雜。The above types of data sets can be transmitted using a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data in parallel or a transmission system that transmits one-dimensional data sequentially. As a data set, the one-dimensional data mentioned above can be processed into two-dimensional data and used as a data set. For example, when the X-axis is used as time and the Y-axis is used as a large number of data columns, multiple parameter data at the same time are processed into one data group. Two-dimensional data can be processed as data such as two-dimensional image data. This advantage is that for the transmission of two-dimensional data, it can be transmitted, received and processed as time-related data using fewer wirings than for the transmission of one-dimensional data. Specifically, when one-dimensional data is converted into one signal per wire as it is, a large amount of wiring is required. However, in the case of two-dimensional data transmission, multiple signals can be sent through one wire. In addition, when multiple lines are used, the interface with the data processing device 768 that receives the sent data becomes complicated, and data reorganization in the data processing device 768 becomes complicated.

另外,當存在這樣的與時間關聯的二維資料組時,由以前進行的標準研磨條件來進行的研磨時的資料組與現時點進行的標準研磨條件的資料組的比較變得容易。另外,能夠藉由差處理等容易地得知二維資料彼此的不同點。提取存在差的部位,檢測正引起異常的檢測器、參數訊號也變得容易。另外,進行以前的標準研磨條件與現時點的研磨中的資料組的比較,由與周圍的差不同的部位的參數訊號的提取來進行異常檢測也變得容易。In addition, when such a two-dimensional data set related to time exists, it becomes easy to compare the data set at the time of polishing under the standard polishing conditions performed in the past with the data set under the standard polishing conditions at the current point. In addition, differences between the two-dimensional data can be easily known through difference processing or the like. It also becomes easy to extract areas with differences and detect detector and parameter signals that are causing abnormalities. In addition, it becomes easy to perform abnormality detection by comparing the previous standard polishing conditions with the data set during polishing at the current point, and extracting parameter signals of locations that are different from the surroundings.

圖39是表示檢測器的其他概略構成例(第19方式~第22的方式記載的實施方式例)的圖,同圖(a)為俯視圖,同圖(b)為側剖面圖。如圖所示,配設供液孔1042和排液孔1046(在研磨台30A的移動方向上按照排液孔1046,供液孔1042的順序配設),並且將貫通孔1041的截面成為大致長圓狀,讓貫通孔1041的下端面外周包圍供液孔1042和排液孔1046的上端面,使得供液孔1042的中心與排液孔1046的中心連結起來的線段的中點與貫通孔1041的中心點相比更在研磨台30A的移動方向(箭頭D方向)上的前方。由此,從供液孔1042向貫通孔1041內供給的透明液Q的流動成為相對於半導體晶圓16的被研磨面16a垂直地行進的流。另外,藉由將貫通孔1041的截面成為大致長圓狀,能夠將貫通孔1041的面積最小化,減少對研磨特性的影響。39 is a diagram illustrating another schematic configuration example of the detector (embodiment examples described in the 19th to 22nd aspects), with (a) in the same figure being a top view and (b) in the same figure being a side cross-sectional view. As shown in the figure, a liquid supply hole 1042 and a liquid discharge hole 1046 are provided (disposed in this order in the moving direction of the polishing table 30A), and the cross section of the through hole 1041 is approximately Oval shape, let the lower end surface of the through hole 1041 surround the upper end surfaces of the liquid supply hole 1042 and the liquid discharge hole 1046, so that the midpoint of the line segment connecting the center of the liquid supply hole 1042 and the center of the liquid discharge hole 1046 is aligned with the through hole 1041 The center point of is further forward in the moving direction (arrow D direction) of the polishing table 30A. Thereby, the flow of the transparent liquid Q supplied from the liquid supply hole 1042 into the through hole 1041 becomes a flow that travels perpendicularly to the polished surface 16 a of the semiconductor wafer 16 . In addition, by forming the cross section of the through hole 1041 into a substantially elliptical shape, the area of the through hole 1041 can be minimized and the influence on the polishing characteristics can be reduced.

此外,照射光用光纖1043和反射光用光纖1044配置在該供液孔1042內,使得其中心線與供液孔1042的中心線平行。此外,也可以是一根照射、反射光用光纖,替換照射光用光纖1043和反射光用光纖1044。Furthermore, the optical fiber 1043 for irradiation light and the optical fiber 1044 for reflected light are arranged in the liquid supply hole 1042 so that their center lines are parallel to the center line of the liquid supply hole 1042 . In addition, one optical fiber for irradiation and reflected light may be used instead of the optical fiber 1043 for irradiation light and the optical fiber 1044 for reflected light.

接著,參照附圖對第23、24的方式的實施方式例進行說明。圖40是表示本發明的實施方式例的概略結構的圖。在圖40中,水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出圓柱狀的水流並抵接於在表面形成有薄膜1002的半導體晶圓16的處理面1002a。在該水噴出用噴嘴1005內插入配置有照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008的前端部。Next, embodiment examples of the twenty-third and twenty-fourth aspects will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing a schematic structure of an embodiment of the present invention. In FIG. 40 , the water ejection nozzle 1005 ejects a cylindrical water stream and comes into contact with the processing surface 1002 a of the semiconductor wafer 16 on which the thin film 1002 is formed. The tip portions of the irradiation optical fiber 1007 and the light-collecting optical fiber 1008 are inserted into the water ejection nozzle 1005 .

在上述結構中,將加壓水流1006供給至水噴出用噴嘴1005並從其前端使細圓柱狀的水流1004抵接於半導體晶圓16的處理面1002a的指定的位置,形成測定點1003。在該狀態下,從測定運算部1009通過照射用光纖1007,輸送光至水流1004內,使該光通過該水流1004照射至半導體晶圓16的測定點1003內的研磨面。此時的水流1004中的光軸與該研磨面在裝置結構上宜大致垂直。但是,也可以根據情況,只要收光用光纖1008能夠接收來自照射用光纖的光的從該研磨面的反射光的位置關係,也可以是在水流1004中將光軸相對傾斜於該研磨面。In the above-mentioned structure, the pressurized water flow 1006 is supplied to the water ejection nozzle 1005, and the thin cylindrical water flow 1004 is brought into contact with a predetermined position on the processing surface 1002a of the semiconductor wafer 16 from the tip thereof to form the measurement point 1003. In this state, light is sent from the measurement calculation unit 1009 to the water flow 1004 through the irradiation optical fiber 1007, and the light is irradiated to the polished surface in the measurement point 1003 of the semiconductor wafer 16 through the water flow 1004. At this time, the optical axis in the water flow 1004 and the grinding surface should be approximately perpendicular to the device structure. However, depending on the situation, the optical axis in the water flow 1004 may be relatively tilted to the polished surface as long as the light collecting optical fiber 1008 can receive the light from the irradiation optical fiber and the reflected light from the polished surface is in a positional relationship.

經處理面(研磨面)1002a反射的反射光通過水流1004以及收光用光纖1008被引導向測定運算部1009。在該測定運算部1009中,從反射光測定薄膜1002的膜厚。此時,對水噴出用噴嘴1005的內表面進行鏡面加工,照射/反射光能有效地導向照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008。The reflected light reflected from the treated surface (polished surface) 1002a is guided to the measurement calculation unit 1009 through the water flow 1004 and the light-collecting optical fiber 1008. In this measurement calculation unit 1009, the film thickness of the thin film 1002 is measured from reflected light. At this time, the inner surface of the water ejection nozzle 1005 is mirror-finished, and the irradiation/reflected light can be effectively guided to the irradiation optical fiber 1007 and the light collection optical fiber 1008.

另外,有實,在薄膜1002與水流1004接觸的部分會有存留水滴,而會使測定點1003混亂。在此,如圖41所示,也可以設置從水噴出用噴嘴1005延伸至薄膜1002的測定點1003螺旋狀地捲繞的排水用部件1138,來除去水滴。另外,在使水流1004相對於半導體晶圓傾斜的情況下,以及將水流1004供給向上方向、下方向的機構中,也可以適當組合除去水滴的機構。此外,如圖41所示,作為排水用部件,可以考慮以具有彈簧那樣的形狀的構造,來利用水的表面張力的結構,或者未圖示的由吸引噴嘴來形成,設置來包圍水噴出用噴嘴1005的結構。In addition, it is true that water droplets may remain in the part where the film 1002 is in contact with the water flow 1004, which may confuse the measurement point 1003. Here, as shown in FIG. 41 , a drainage member 1138 spirally wound extending from the water ejection nozzle 1005 to the measurement point 1003 of the film 1002 may be provided to remove water droplets. In addition, when the water flow 1004 is tilted with respect to the semiconductor wafer, a mechanism for removing water droplets may be appropriately combined with a mechanism for supplying the water flow 1004 in the upward and downward directions. In addition, as shown in Fig. 41, as the drainage member, it is conceivable to have a structure having a spring-like shape to utilize the surface tension of water, or it may be formed of a suction nozzle (not shown) and provided to surround the water spouting member. Structure of nozzle 1005.

圖42以及43表示在藉由半導體晶圓16和研磨墊10的相對運動對半導體晶圓16的研磨面進行研磨的研磨裝置中,即時地檢測研磨中的膜厚的情況的構成例的圖。圖42是局部截面側視圖,圖43是圖42延箭頭Y-Y的視圖。42 and 43 are diagrams showing a configuration example of a polishing device that polishes the polishing surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 by the relative movement of the semiconductor wafer 16 and the polishing pad 10, and detects the film thickness during polishing in real time. FIG. 42 is a partial cross-sectional side view, and FIG. 43 is a view along arrow Y-Y in FIG. 42 .

水噴出用噴嘴1005與圖40以及圖41同樣,在該水噴出用噴嘴1005連接有加壓水流管1136,從水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004的水被盛水盤1135承接,並以排水管1137排出。該盛水盤1135的上端向研磨墊10的上表面開口,從水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004在半導體晶圓16的研磨面與圖40以及圖41同樣地形成測定點1003。此外,在圖中,為了容易理解水噴出用噴嘴1005而將其畫得比較大,但實際上為了構築微小的點,因此水噴出用噴嘴1005的直徑小(0.4mm~0.7mm)。The water spray nozzle 1005 is the same as FIG. 40 and FIG. 41 . A pressurized water flow pipe 1136 is connected to the water spray nozzle 1005 . The water of the water flow 1004 sprayed from the water spray nozzle 1005 is received by the water tray 1135 and drained by the drain pipe. 1137 discharge. The upper end of the water tray 1135 opens to the upper surface of the polishing pad 10, and the water flow 1004 jetted from the water jet nozzle 1005 forms the measurement point 1003 on the polishing surface of the semiconductor wafer 16, as shown in FIGS. 40 and 41. In addition, in the figure, the water ejection nozzle 1005 is drawn relatively large in order to make it easier to understand, but in fact, in order to form tiny dots, the diameter of the water ejection nozzle 1005 is small (0.4 mm to 0.7 mm).

在水噴出用噴嘴1005內與圖40以及圖41的情況同樣,插入有照射用光纖1007、收光用光纖1008的前端部,從測定運算部1009通過照射用光纖1007引導至水噴出用噴嘴1005內,並通過從該水噴出用噴嘴1005噴出的水流1004照光至與該水流1004抵接的研磨面的測定點1003內。然後被該研磨面反射的反射光藉由水流1004以及收光用光纖1008被引導至測定運算部1009。In the water ejection nozzle 1005, similarly to the case of FIGS. 40 and 41, the tip portions of the irradiation optical fiber 1007 and the light collection optical fiber 1008 are inserted, and are guided from the measurement calculation unit 1009 to the water ejection nozzle 1005 through the irradiation optical fiber 1007. inside, and the measurement point 1003 of the polishing surface in contact with the water jet 1004 is illuminated by the water jet 1004 jetted from the water jet nozzle 1005 . The reflected light reflected by the polished surface is guided to the measurement calculation unit 1009 via the water flow 1004 and the light-collecting optical fiber 1008 .

在第25方式中,被研磨物處理裝置其特徵在於具有將實施了遮光處理的複數個處理單元上下配置地收納於內部的複數個處理區域,及將搬運機收納於內部,並且設置在處理區域之間的搬運區域,在處理區域與搬運區域之間以遮光壁,對搬運區域的前表面以維護用門遮光,處理單元在遮光壁以遮光狀態連結。In a twenty-fifth aspect, the object processing apparatus is characterized in that it has a plurality of processing areas in which a plurality of processing units that have been subjected to light-shielding processing are arranged vertically and are housed inside, and a conveyor is housed inside and installed in the processing area. In the transfer area between the processing area and the transfer area, a light-shielding wall is provided between the processing area and the transfer area. The front surface of the transfer area is shielded from light by a maintenance door, and the processing units are connected to the light-shielding wall in a light-shielding state.

這樣,對處理單元實施遮光處理,並且在內部配置有處理單元的處理區域與搬運區域之間以遮光壁,對搬運區域的前表面以維護用門分別遮光,即便在打開了處理單元的維護用門的狀態下,也防止來自外部的光往搬運區域內進入,並且即便在對上下配置的處理單元的,例如上層的處理單元進行維護的情況下,能夠由下層的處理單元進行在遮光狀態下的被研磨物的處理。由此,在一部分的處理單元的維護中,能夠藉由除了該處理單元以外的其他處理單元進行被研磨物處理,不用停止裝置。In this way, the processing unit is subjected to light-shielding treatment, and a light-shielding wall is provided between the processing area and the transport area in which the processing unit is arranged, and the front surface of the transport area is shielded from light by a maintenance door. Even if the maintenance door of the processing unit is opened, Even when the door is in the state, light from the outside is prevented from entering the conveyance area, and even when maintenance is performed on processing units arranged above and below, for example, the processing unit on the upper floor, the processing unit on the lower floor can be carried out in a light-shielded state. The processing of the objects to be ground. Therefore, during maintenance of a part of the processing units, the object to be polished can be processed by other processing units than the processing unit without stopping the device.

第26的方式為,在方式18記載的裝置中,其特徵在於設置有具有開閉自如的閘門的被研磨物插入口,在遮光壁設置有圍繞被研磨物插入口的周圍的遮光膜,在遮光壁被遮光膜包圍的區域內設置有開口部。A twenty-sixth aspect is the apparatus according to the eighteenth aspect, characterized in that a workpiece insertion opening having a freely openable and closable shutter is provided, and a light-shielding film surrounding the workpiece insertion opening is provided on the light-shielding wall. An opening is provided in a region where the wall is surrounded by the light-shielding film.

由此,在打開了處理單元的閘門的狀態下,一邊維持處理單元以及搬運區域內的遮光狀態一邊進行被研磨物的交接,以關閉處理單元的閘門的方式,例如在維護時等,能夠防止來自外部的光通過遮光壁的開口部而進入搬運區域內。Thus, with the shutter of the processing unit open, the workpiece to be polished is transferred while maintaining the light-shielded state in the processing unit and the transfer area, and by closing the shutter of the processing unit, for example, during maintenance, it is possible to prevent Light from the outside enters the conveyance area through the opening of the light-shielding wall.

第27的方式為,在方式24或25記載的被研磨物處理裝置中,其特徵在於處理區域為清洗區域,被研磨物的處理為被研磨物的清洗。A twenty-seventh aspect is the object-to-be-polished processing apparatus according to aspect 24 or 25, characterized in that the processing area is a cleaning area, and the processing of the object to be polished is cleaning of the object to be polished.

藉由第25~27的方式,會防止由向被研磨物的被處理面的光的照射而導致的銅配線等的光腐蝕,並且在裝置內的一部分的處理單元的維護中,被研磨物的處理個數雖然暫時減少,但防止因光的照射導致的銅配線等的光腐蝕的被研磨物的處理變為可能。By means of the 25th to 27th methods, photocorrosion of copper wiring, etc. caused by light irradiation to the surface of the object to be polished is prevented, and during maintenance of a part of the processing unit in the device, the object to be polished Although the number of processes is temporarily reduced, it becomes possible to process the object to be polished to prevent photocorrosion of copper wiring and other components due to light irradiation.

在第25~27方式中,還能夠具有以下的特徵。(1)包括密閉機構,使半導體材料中的金屬特徵間的電氣分解減少的裝置,該密閉機構用於不使半導體材料暴露在具有半導體材料(即,基板)的能隙能量以上的能量的光中。(2)在上述(1)記載的裝置中,所述密閉機構配置在由化學機械研磨裝置以及刷清洗裝置構成的組中選擇的半導體加工工具的周圍。(3)在上述(2)記載的裝置中,還包括能夠產生具有比能隙能量低的能量的光的光源。(4)在上述(3)記載的裝置中,還包括能夠檢測具有比帶隙能量低的能量的光的製程監測用攝影機。(5)在上述(4)記載的裝置中,所述半導體材料為矽系,所述密閉機構排除具有約1.1μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約1.1μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如,也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置的矽系被研磨物的研磨處理的終點。(6)在上述(4)記載的裝置中,所述半導體材料為鎵系,所述密閉機構排除具有約0.9μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約0.9μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置中的鎵系被研磨物的研磨處理中的終點。(7)包括能夠使至少一個電氣分解抑制劑與半導體材料中的金屬特徵結合半導體加工工具,使半導體材料中的金屬特徵間的電氣分解減少的裝置。(8)在上述(7)的裝置中,所述半導體材料為矽系,所述密閉機構排除具有約1.1μm以下的波長的光,所述光源產生具有超過約1.1μm的波長的光,所述攝影機對其進行檢測。適宜地,例如也可以使用具有該區域的波長的光,例如紅外光,來檢測上述記載的研磨裝置中的矽系被研磨物的研磨處理的終點。The 25th to 27th modes may also have the following features. (1) A device that reduces electrical decomposition between metallic features in a semiconductor material including a sealing mechanism for not exposing the semiconductor material to light having energy above the energy gap energy of the semiconductor material (i.e., the substrate) middle. (2) In the device described in (1) above, the sealing mechanism is arranged around the semiconductor processing tool selected from the group consisting of a chemical mechanical polishing device and a brush cleaning device. (3) The device according to the above (2) further includes a light source capable of generating light having energy lower than the energy gap. (4) The device according to (3) above further includes a process monitoring camera capable of detecting light having energy lower than the band gap energy. (5) In the device described in (4) above, the semiconductor material is silicon-based, the sealing mechanism excludes light with a wavelength of approximately 1.1 μm or less, and the light source generates light with a wavelength exceeding approximately 1.1 μm, The camera detects it. Preferably, for example, light having a wavelength in this range, such as infrared light, may be used to detect the end point of the polishing process of the silicon-based object to be polished in the above-described polishing device. (6) In the device according to (4) above, the semiconductor material is gallium-based, the sealing mechanism excludes light having a wavelength of approximately 0.9 μm or less, and the light source generates light having a wavelength exceeding approximately 0.9 μm, The camera detects it. Preferably, for example, light having a wavelength in this range, such as infrared light, may be used to detect the end point in the polishing process of the gallium-based polished object in the polishing device described above. (7) Includes a device capable of combining at least one electrical decomposition inhibitor with a metal feature in a semiconductor material in a semiconductor processing tool to reduce electrical decomposition between metal features in the semiconductor material. (8) In the device of (7) above, the semiconductor material is silicon-based, the sealing mechanism excludes light with a wavelength of approximately 1.1 μm or less, and the light source generates light with a wavelength exceeding approximately 1.1 μm, so The camera detects it. Preferably, for example, light having a wavelength in this range, such as infrared light, may be used to detect the end point of the polishing process of the silicon-based object to be polished in the above-described polishing device.

在構成積體電路的材料等的結晶性固體中,原子軌域事實上結合(combine),成為「結晶」軌域或電子能帶的連續「帶」。最高的佔有帶稱作價電子帶,最低的空帶稱作傳導帶。使一個電子從價電子帶的最高點激發至傳導帶的最低點所需要的能量稱作能隙能量(Eg)。矽在室溫中為Eg=1.12eV,鎵在室溫中為Eg=1.42eV。已知矽等半導體材料會顯示出光導電性,光照射給予充分的能量將電子激發到傳導帶而使半導體的導電性增大。光能量根據公式E=hν或E=hc/λ與頻率或波長相關,在公式中,h為普朗克常數,c為光速,ν為頻率,λ為波長。室溫下的大部分的矽系半導體中,為了達成光導電性而所需要的光能量必須達到約1.12eV,即,必須有約1.1μm以下的波長。在鎵半導體中,光導電性需要約0.9μm以下的波長。在其他半導體中,Eg從通常的參照文獻容易獲得,波長能夠使用上述公式計算。在以下的說明中,以矽系半導體元件為重點進行說明,但本發明同樣適用於由鎵等其他半導體材料製作的元件,這對於本領域技術人員而言當是容易理解的。In crystalline solids such as materials constituting integrated circuits, atomic orbitals actually combine to form "crystalline" orbitals or continuous "bands" of electron energy bands. The highest occupied band is called the valence electron band, and the lowest vacant band is called the conduction band. The energy required to excite an electron from the highest point of the valence electron band to the lowest point of the conduction band is called the energy gap energy (Eg). Silicon is Eg=1.12eV at room temperature, and gallium is Eg=1.42eV at room temperature. It is known that semiconductor materials such as silicon exhibit photoconductivity. Light irradiation gives sufficient energy to excite electrons to the conduction band, thereby increasing the conductivity of the semiconductor. Light energy is related to frequency or wavelength according to the formula E=hν or E=hc/λ. In the formula, h is Planck's constant, c is the speed of light, ν is the frequency, and λ is the wavelength. In most silicon-based semiconductors at room temperature, the light energy required to achieve photoconductivity must reach about 1.12 eV, that is, it must have a wavelength of about 1.1 μm or less. In gallium semiconductors, wavelengths of approximately 0.9 μm or less are required for photoconductivity. In other semiconductors, Eg is easily obtained from common references, and the wavelength can be calculated using the above formula. In the following description, silicon-based semiconductor elements will be focused on, but the present invention is also applicable to elements made of other semiconductor materials such as gallium, which is easily understood by those skilled in the art.

上述所述的光導電性成為圖44所示的PN接面300中的光電效果的基礎。n型半導體320是摻雜了磷、砷等供給電子至矽傳導帶而產生多餘的負的電荷載體的施體雜質的矽。因此,n型半導體320中的大量電荷載體為帶負電的粒子。p型半導體310為摻雜了硼等從矽的價電子帶接受電子而產生多餘的電洞或正的電荷載體的受體雜質的矽。因此,p型半導體310中的大量電荷載體是帶正電的電洞。在PN接面300被具有充分能量的光350的光子照射時,在p型310以及n型320半導體兩者,電子被從價電子帶激發到傳導帶,而殘留電洞。這樣,n型的半導體320中產生的增加的正的電荷載體中,大量電荷載體向正(電洞)即接面300的p型310側移動。另外,這樣在p型半導體310中產生的增加的負的電荷載體中,大量電荷載體向負(電子)即接面300的n型320側移動。該電荷載體的移動產生光電效果,產生類似於電池的電流源。The photoconductivity described above forms the basis for the photoelectric effect in the PN junction 300 shown in FIG. 44 . The n-type semiconductor 320 is silicon doped with donor impurities such as phosphorus and arsenic that supply electrons to the silicon conduction band to generate excess negative charge carriers. Therefore, a large number of charge carriers in n-type semiconductor 320 are negatively charged particles. The p-type semiconductor 310 is silicon doped with acceptor impurities such as boron that accept electrons from the valence electron band of silicon to generate excess holes or positive charge carriers. Therefore, a large number of charge carriers in p-type semiconductor 310 are positively charged holes. When the PN junction 300 is irradiated with photons of light 350 having sufficient energy, electrons are excited from the valence electron band to the conduction band in both the p-type 310 and n-type 320 semiconductors, leaving holes. In this way, among the increased positive charge carriers generated in the n-type semiconductor 320 , a large number of charge carriers move toward the positive (hole) side, that is, the p-type 310 side of the junction 300 . In addition, among the increased negative charge carriers thus generated in the p-type semiconductor 310 , a large number of charge carriers move toward the negative (electron) side, that is, the n-type 320 side of the junction 300 . The movement of this charge carrier creates a photoelectric effect, creating a source of electrical current similar to that of a battery.

在將作為電流源發揮作用的PN接面與露出於電解質230的互連件330、340等金屬導體連接時,電氣分解所需要的要素全部齊全,只要電位充足,就會引起陽極金屬成分的溶解。由於光電壓而產生的圖44的電化學的溶解與電化學的溶解類似。陽極330的氧化反應中,產生溶解在電解質230中的游離陽離子250,以及經由內部連接流動至電流源(PN結300)而到達陰極340上的電子。該氧化反應引起電氣分解的最顯眼的標誌,雖是引起陽極330的溶解或瀝青,但也必須引起還原反應。陰極的還原反應使電子與電解質230中的反應物260結合,產生經還原的反應產生物。需要注意的是,因應是與PN結的p側以及n側中的哪一側連接,金屬導體的某部分成為陰極,某部分成為陽極。When the PN junction functioning as a current source is connected to metal conductors such as interconnects 330 and 340 exposed in the electrolyte 230, all the elements required for electrical decomposition are present, and as long as the potential is sufficient, the anode metal components will be dissolved. . The electrochemical dissolution of Figure 44 due to photovoltage is similar to the electrochemical dissolution. During the oxidation reaction at the anode 330, free cations 250 are produced that are dissolved in the electrolyte 230, and electrons flow to the current source (PN junction 300) via internal connections to the cathode 340. The most conspicuous sign of electrical decomposition caused by this oxidation reaction is the dissolution or asphalt of the anode 330, but it must also cause a reduction reaction. The reduction reaction at the cathode combines electrons with reactants 260 in electrolyte 230 to produce reduced reaction products. It should be noted that depending on which side of the p-side or n-side of the PN junction is connected, some part of the metal conductor becomes the cathode and some part becomes the anode.

根據消除或減少電化學的溶解的本發明的適宜實施方式,提供消除或者減少全域配線,互連件,接點以及其他金屬特徵的電化學溶解的方法以及裝置。該適宜實施方式藉由不使PN結暴露於能夠引起光電效果的光,或阻止由於光電效果誘發的氧化或還原或者氧化與還原雙方,或者藉由進行上述兩者而使溶解減少。In accordance with preferred embodiments of the present invention that eliminate or reduce electrochemical dissolution, methods and apparatus are provided that eliminate or reduce electrochemical dissolution of wiring, interconnects, contacts, and other metallic features throughout the entire area. This preferred embodiment reduces dissolution by not exposing the PN junction to light that can cause the photoelectric effect, or by preventing oxidation or reduction, or both, due to the photoelectric effect, or by doing both.

此外,作為頂環、頂環的驅動部的保持方式,除了將它們保持在擺動臂(懸臂)的端部的已述的方式以外,還有將複數個頂環、驅動各頂環的複數個驅動部保持在一個圓盤傳送帶的方式。在使本發明的一實施方式適用於圓盤傳送帶的情況下,也能夠提供在複數個研磨裝置間減少電流檢測器的測量結果的差的研磨裝置。這些頂環和驅動部構成組(研磨裝置),該組能夠在一個圓盤傳送帶上設置複數個組。關於複數個驅動部(頂環用馬達114)的馬達電流的電流值,藉由適用已述的實施方式,能夠實現在多組研磨裝置間使電流檢測器的測量結果的差減少的研磨裝置。In addition, as a method of holding the top ring and the driving part of the top ring, in addition to the above-mentioned method of holding them at the end of the swing arm (cantilever), there are also a plurality of top rings and a plurality of driving parts of each top ring. The drive section is held in a carousel manner. Even when one embodiment of the present invention is applied to a carousel, it is possible to provide a polishing device that reduces differences in measurement results of current detectors among a plurality of polishing devices. These top rings and drive parts form a group (grinding device), and a plurality of groups can be arranged on one carousel. By applying the above-described embodiments to the current values of the motor currents of the plurality of drive units (top ring motors 114 ), it is possible to realize a polishing device in which differences in measurement results of current detectors are reduced among a plurality of sets of polishing devices.

參照圖45對圓盤傳送帶進行說明。圓盤傳送帶能夠繞旋轉軸704旋轉,頂環用馬達114安裝於圓盤傳送帶702。圖45是表示被圓盤傳送帶702支承的多頭型的頂環31A以及頂環用馬達114與研磨台30A的關係的概略側視圖。如圖45所示,在一個研磨台30A設置有複數個頂環單元。也可以在圓盤傳送帶設置一個頂環,台也可以是一個以上。也可以在圓盤傳送帶設置複數個頂環,並具有複數個台。在該情況下,也可以在一個台上具有一個頂環,也可以在一個台上具有複數個頂環。圓盤傳送帶進行旋轉等移動,頂環也可以在下個階段移動至其他的台並進行研磨。The carousel will be described with reference to Fig. 45 . The carousel can rotate around the rotation axis 704 , and the top ring motor 114 is mounted on the carousel 702 . FIG. 45 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between the multi-head top ring 31A supported by the carousel 702 and the top ring motor 114 and the polishing table 30A. As shown in FIG. 45 , a plurality of top ring units are provided on one polishing table 30A. A top ring can also be provided on the carousel, and there can be more than one platform. It is also possible to provide a plurality of top rings on the carousel and have a plurality of stages. In this case, one top ring may be provided on one stand, or a plurality of top rings may be provided on one stand. The carousel moves such as rotating, and the top ring can also be moved to another stage and polished in the next stage.

圓盤傳送帶702能夠旋轉。在圓盤傳送帶702的中心部附近設有旋轉機構。圓盤傳送帶702被支柱(未圖示)支承。圓盤傳送帶702被支承於旋轉主軸,該旋轉主軸被安裝於支柱的馬達(未圖示)。因此,圓盤傳送帶702能夠藉由旋轉主軸的旋轉而以垂直的旋轉軸芯704為中心旋轉。此外,作為與圓盤傳送帶方式類似的方式,例如也可以使用圓形狀的導軌,代替圓盤傳送帶。在導軌上設置有複數個驅動部(頂環用馬達114)。此時,驅動部能夠在導軌上移動。Carousel 702 can rotate. A rotating mechanism is provided near the center of the carousel 702 . The carousel 702 is supported by pillars (not shown). The carousel 702 is supported by a rotating spindle, and the rotating spindle is attached to a motor (not shown) of the support column. Therefore, the carousel 702 can rotate around the vertical rotation axis 704 by rotating the rotation main shaft. In addition, as a method similar to the carousel method, for example, a circular guide rail may be used instead of the carousel. A plurality of drive units (top ring motors 114) are provided on the guide rail. At this time, the driving part can move on the guide rail.

接著,就研磨裝置具有能夠繞旋轉軸旋轉的圓盤傳送帶,臂驅動部安裝於圓盤傳送帶的實施方式,參照圖46、47進行說明。圖46是表示由圓盤傳送帶702支承的多頭型的頂環31A以及擺動臂110與研磨台30A的關係的概略側視圖,圖47是俯視圖。Next, an embodiment in which the polishing device has a carousel that can rotate around a rotation axis and the arm drive unit is attached to the carousel will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 and 47 . FIG. 46 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between the multi-head top ring 31A and the swing arm 110 supported by the carousel 702 and the polishing table 30A, and FIG. 47 is a plan view.

根據圖46所示的在圓盤傳送帶702安裝有頂環的實施方式,能夠解決以下課題。在大的圓盤傳送帶702設置有複數個頂環31A時,作為一個研磨終點檢測手段,不同於基於臂轉矩的方法,有監測研磨台的旋轉驅動馬達或頂環旋轉驅動馬達的轉矩變動的方法。在這些方法中,檢測頂環31A的旋轉阻抗力(摩擦力)的變化。但是,會有由於臂的擺動、頂環的旋轉的變動、台的旋轉的變動產生的誤差等導致的摩擦力檢測訊號的誤差,以往,難以進行高精度的終點檢測。另外,在一個旋轉臺上有複數個頂環時,台的旋轉由於複數個頂環31A的影響,會複雜地變動,因此以往難以得到每個頂環31A的正確的摩擦力的變動。According to the embodiment in which the top ring is attached to the carousel 702 shown in FIG. 46 , the following problems can be solved. When the large carousel 702 is provided with a plurality of top rings 31A, as a polishing end point detection means, different from the method based on arm torque, there is a method of monitoring the torque fluctuation of the rotation drive motor of the polishing table or the top ring rotation drive motor. Methods. In these methods, changes in the rotation resistance (friction force) of the top ring 31A are detected. However, there may be errors in the friction force detection signal due to errors caused by swings of the arm, fluctuations in the rotation of the top ring, fluctuations in the rotation of the stage, etc., and it has been difficult to achieve high-precision end point detection in the past. In addition, when a plurality of top rings are provided on a rotary table, the rotation of the table will fluctuate in a complicated manner due to the influence of the plurality of top rings 31A. Therefore, it has been difficult to obtain accurate fluctuations in the frictional force of each top ring 31A in the past.

在圖46的研磨裝置中,在圓盤傳送帶702安裝有擺動臂110,在擺動臂110安裝有頂環31A。由一個擺動臂110和一個頂環31A構成的單元(以下,稱作「TR單元」)有在圓盤傳送帶702設置一個的情況和設置複數個的情況(多頭型)。圖46是設有複數個的圓盤傳送帶702的情況。In the polishing device of FIG. 46 , the swing arm 110 is attached to the carousel 702 , and the top ring 31A is attached to the swing arm 110 . There are cases where one unit (hereinafter referred to as “TR unit”) including one swing arm 110 and one top ring 31A is provided on the carousel 702 or a plurality of units are provided (multi-head type). FIG. 46 shows a case where a plurality of carousels 702 are provided.

此外,在圖45、46中,頂環用馬達114配置在擺動臂110上側,在圖46中如虛線所示,也可以將頂環用馬達114a配置在擺動臂110的下側。此外,在圖45所示的一個研磨台30A有複數個頂環31A時,複數個頂環31A的擺動方向或移動方向需要移動成讓複數個頂環31A彼此不干涉。例如,在複數個頂環31A移動成彼此靠近時,有干涉的可能性的配置的情況下,移動成不彼此靠近,或藉由向同一方向移動來防止干涉。In addition, in FIGS. 45 and 46 , the top ring motor 114 is disposed on the upper side of the swing arm 110 . In FIG. 46 , as shown by the dotted line, the top ring motor 114 a may be disposed on the lower side of the swing arm 110 . In addition, when one polishing table 30A shown in FIG. 45 has a plurality of top rings 31A, the swing directions or moving directions of the plurality of top rings 31A need to be moved so that the plurality of top rings 31A do not interfere with each other. For example, in the case of an arrangement where there is a possibility of interference when the plurality of top rings 31A are moved close to each other, the top rings 31A are moved so as not to be close to each other or are moved in the same direction to prevent interference.

作為其他實施方式,擺動臂110也可以不在軌道上移動。例如研磨裝置具有:支承框架;安裝於支承框架,劃定頂環用馬達114的搬運路徑的軌道;沿著藉由軌道所劃定的路徑,搬運頂環用馬達114的搬運部,該搬運部與軌道結合,且沿著軌道可動。As another embodiment, the swing arm 110 may not move on the track. For example, the polishing device includes a support frame; a rail mounted on the support frame that defines a conveyance path of the top ring motor 114; and a conveyance portion that conveys the top ring motor 114 along the path defined by the rail. Combined with the track and movable along the track.

軌道、沿著軌道移動的機構(搬運部)能夠使用線性馬達驅動方式。另外,能夠是使用馬達和軸承的軌道機構。作為其他方式,有軌道本身能夠旋轉的方式。在該方式中,軌道本身旋轉,從而頂環能夠移動至其他台部。此時,藉由搬運部進行少量的移動調整。The rails and the mechanism (transportation unit) that moves along the rails can be driven by linear motors. In addition, it can be a track mechanism using a motor and bearings. As other ways, there are ways in which the track itself can rotate. In this method, the track itself rotates so that the top ring can be moved to other stations. At this time, a small amount of movement adjustment is performed by the conveying unit.

在圖45、46中,能夠使用用了線性馬達驅動方式的線性移動的機構(搬運部),代替擺動臂110。作為線性移動的方向,有在圓盤傳送帶702的中心704和端部間的半徑上於一個方向上移動的方向。或者,具有沿圖47所示的X方向移動的機構、沿Y方向移動的機構、沿Z方向移動的機構,從而能夠進行組合這些移動方向的移動。作為方向的組合,有並非(X方向或Y方向)+Z方向、X方向、Y方向的其他方向等。In FIGS. 45 and 46 , a linear movement mechanism (conveyance unit) using a linear motor drive system can be used instead of the swing arm 110 . As the direction of linear movement, there is a direction of movement in one direction on the radius between the center 704 and the end of the carousel 702 . Alternatively, a mechanism that moves in the X direction, a mechanism that moves in the Y direction, and a mechanism that moves in the Z direction as shown in FIG. 47 is provided, so that movement in a combination of these movement directions can be performed. As a combination of directions, there are directions other than (X direction or Y direction) + Z direction, X direction, Y direction, etc.

在圖45~47所示的方式中,臂或搬運部擺動或移動,並一邊擺動或移動一邊進行研磨。在臂或搬運部擺動或移動的情況下,馬達電流訊號在研磨時即便摩擦力不變化時也變動。此時,圖16之後所示的實施方式有效。圖16之後所示的實施方式能夠檢測伴隨研磨的進行半導體晶圓16表面的材質的變化、電路模式的變化導致的摩擦力的變化。基於檢測到的摩擦力的變化進行終點檢測。In the method shown in FIGS. 45 to 47 , the arm or the conveying part swings or moves, and polishing is performed while swinging or moving. When the arm or carrying part swings or moves, the motor current signal changes even if the friction force does not change during grinding. In this case, the embodiment shown in FIG. 16 and later is effective. The embodiment shown after FIG. 16 can detect changes in frictional force caused by changes in the material of the surface of the semiconductor wafer 16 and changes in the circuit pattern as polishing proceeds. Endpoint detection is performed based on detected changes in friction.

以上,關於本發明的實施方式的示例進行了說明,上述發明的實施方式是為了容易理解本發明而做出,並不限定本發明。在不脫離本發明的要旨的範圍內,能夠進行變更、改良,並且本發明當然包含其等同物。另外,在能夠解決上述課題的至少一部分的範圍內,或達成效果的至少一部分的範圍內,能夠將申請專利範圍第項的範圍以及說明書所記載的各結構要素進行任意組合或省略。The examples of the embodiments of the present invention have been described above. The above-described embodiments of the present invention are provided to facilitate understanding of the present invention and do not limit the present invention. Changes and improvements can be made without departing from the gist of the present invention, and the present invention naturally includes equivalents thereof. In addition, each structural element described in the scope of the claim and the specification can be arbitrarily combined or omitted as long as at least part of the above-mentioned problems can be solved or at least part of the effect can be achieved.

61a‧‧‧底面部61b‧‧‧磁心部61c‧‧‧周壁部61d‧‧‧周邊部磁性體860、862‧‧‧勵磁線圈864、866‧‧‧檢測線圈868、870‧‧‧虛擬線圈876、878‧‧‧磁場882‧‧‧初始研磨速率公式884‧‧‧研磨終點61a‧‧‧Bottom portion 61b‧‧‧Magnetic core portion 61c‧‧‧Peripheral wall portion 61d‧‧‧Peripheral magnetic body 860, 862‧‧‧Excitation coil 864, 866‧‧‧Detection coil 868, 870‧‧‧Virtual Coil 876, 878‧‧‧Magnetic field 882‧‧‧Initial grinding rate formula 884‧‧‧Grinding end point

圖1是表示本發明的一實施方式的基板處理裝置的整體結構的俯視圖。 圖2是示意表示第一研磨單元的立體圖。 圖3是示意表示頂環的構造的剖面圖。 圖4是示意表示頂環的其他構造例的剖面圖。 圖5是用於說明使頂環旋轉以及擺動的機構的剖面圖。 圖6是示意表示研磨台的內部構造的剖面圖。 圖7是表示具有光學式檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。 圖8是表示具有微波檢測器的研磨台的示意圖。 圖9是表示修整器的立體圖。 圖10(a)是表示噴霧器的立體圖,圖10(b)是表示臂的下部的示意圖。 圖11(a)是表示噴霧器的內部構造的側視圖,圖11(b)是表示噴霧器的俯視圖。 圖12(a)是表示清洗部的俯視圖,圖12(b)是表示清洗部的側視圖。 圖13是表示清洗線路的一例的示意圖。 圖14是表示上側乾燥模組的縱剖面圖。 圖15是表示上側乾燥模組的俯視圖。 圖16是表示本發明的一實施方式的研磨裝置的整體結構的概略圖。 圖17是表示渦電流檢測器的結構的圖,圖17(a)是表示渦電流檢測器的結構的方塊圖,圖17(b)是渦電流檢測器的等價電路圖。 圖18是表示本實施方式的渦電流檢測器的構成例的概略圖。 圖19是表示渦電流檢測器中的勵磁線圈的連接例的概略圖。 圖20是表示渦電流檢測器中的磁場的圖。 圖21是表示渦電流檢測器中的勵磁線圈的其他連接例的概略圖。 圖22是表示渦電流檢測器中的磁場的圖。 圖23是表示渦電流檢測器中的各線圈的連接例的概略圖。 圖24是表示渦電流檢測器的同步檢波電路的方塊圖。 圖25表示利用渦電流式檢測器進行終點檢測的方法的一例。 圖26表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖27表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖28表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖29是說明藉由臂轉矩檢測部的臂轉矩的檢測方法的方塊圖。 圖30是表示具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式的圖。 圖31是表示具有光學式檢測器的其他實施方式的圖。 圖32是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖33是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖34是表示終點部的膜構造為金屬與絕緣膜的混合狀態的情況的示例的圖。 圖35是表示作為圖16的變形例的實施方式的圖。 圖36是表示由控制部對整體的控制的圖。 圖37是表示其他實施方式的結構的圖。 圖38是表示圖37的實施方式的變形例的圖。 圖39是表示本發明的研磨裝置的檢測器的其他概略構成例的圖,圖39(a)為俯視圖,圖39(b)為側剖面圖。 圖40是表示其他實施方式的概略構成例的圖。 圖41是表示其他實施方式的概略構成例的圖。 圖42是表示其他實施方式的研磨裝置的概略構成例的圖。 圖43是表示圖42延箭頭Y-Y的視圖。 圖44是表示PN連接的示例的剖面圖。 圖45是表示被圓盤傳送帶支承的多頭型的頂環與研磨台的關係的概略側視圖。 圖46是表示利用具有臂驅動部的圓盤傳送帶支承的多頭型的頂環與研磨台的關係的概略側視圖。 圖47是圖46所示的實施方式的俯視圖。 圖48是說明在半導體晶圓的導電性發生變化時改變勵磁線圈產生的磁場的強度的實施方式的圖。 圖49表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。 圖50表示周邊部磁性體並非設於底面部的周邊部來包圍磁心部的壁部的示例。FIG. 1 is a plan view showing the overall structure of a substrate processing apparatus according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 2 is a perspective view schematically showing the first polishing unit. FIG. 3 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the structure of the top ring. 4 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing another structural example of the top ring. FIG. 5 is a cross-sectional view illustrating a mechanism for rotating and swinging the top ring. FIG. 6 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing the internal structure of the polishing table. FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram showing a polishing table equipped with an optical detector. FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram showing a polishing table equipped with a microwave detector. Fig. 9 is a perspective view showing the dresser. Fig. 10(a) is a perspective view showing the sprayer, and Fig. 10(b) is a schematic diagram showing the lower part of the arm. Fig. 11(a) is a side view showing the internal structure of the atomizer, and Fig. 11(b) is a plan view showing the atomizer. Fig. 12(a) is a plan view showing the cleaning unit, and Fig. 12(b) is a side view showing the cleaning unit. FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram showing an example of a cleaning line. Fig. 14 is a longitudinal sectional view showing the upper drying module. Fig. 15 is a plan view showing the upper drying module. FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram showing the overall structure of a polishing device according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 17 is a diagram showing the structure of the eddy current detector. FIG. 17(a) is a block diagram showing the structure of the eddy current detector. FIG. 17(b) is an equivalent circuit diagram of the eddy current detector. FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram showing a structural example of the eddy current detector according to this embodiment. FIG. 19 is a schematic diagram showing a connection example of the excitation coil in the eddy current detector. FIG. 20 is a diagram showing the magnetic field in the eddy current detector. FIG. 21 is a schematic diagram showing another connection example of the excitation coil in the eddy current detector. FIG. 22 is a diagram showing the magnetic field in the eddy current detector. FIG. 23 is a schematic diagram showing a connection example of coils in the eddy current detector. FIG. 24 is a block diagram showing a synchronous detection circuit of the eddy current detector. FIG. 25 shows an example of an end point detection method using an eddy current detector. FIG. 26 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion but surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 27 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion but surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 28 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion but surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 29 is a block diagram illustrating a method of detecting arm torque by the arm torque detecting unit. FIG. 30 is a diagram showing another embodiment including an optical detector. FIG. 31 is a diagram showing another embodiment including an optical detector. FIG. 32 is a diagram showing an example of a case where the film structure of the terminal portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of a case where the film structure of the terminal portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example of a case where the film structure of the terminal portion is a mixed state of a metal and an insulating film. FIG. 35 is a diagram showing an embodiment as a modified example of FIG. 16 . FIG. 36 is a diagram showing overall control by the control unit. FIG. 37 is a diagram showing the structure of another embodiment. FIG. 38 is a diagram showing a modification of the embodiment of FIG. 37 . Fig. 39 is a diagram showing another schematic structural example of the detector of the polishing device according to the present invention. Fig. 39(a) is a top view and Fig. 39(b) is a side sectional view. FIG. 40 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration example of another embodiment. FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration example of another embodiment. FIG. 42 is a diagram showing a schematic configuration example of a polishing device according to another embodiment. FIG. 43 is a view along arrow Y-Y in FIG. 42 . FIG. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing an example of PN connection. FIG. 45 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between the multi-head type top ring supported by the carousel and the polishing table. 46 is a schematic side view showing the relationship between a multi-head top ring supported by a carousel having an arm drive unit and a polishing table. FIG. 47 is a top view of the embodiment shown in FIG. 46 . 48 is a diagram illustrating an embodiment of changing the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the excitation coil when the conductivity of the semiconductor wafer changes. FIG. 49 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion but surrounds the wall portion of the core portion. FIG. 50 shows an example in which the peripheral magnetic body is not provided on the peripheral portion of the bottom surface portion but surrounds the wall portion of the core portion.

L1:自感 L1: self-induction

L2:自感 L2: self-induction

50:渦電流式檢測器 50: Eddy current detector

60:罐形芯 60:can core

61a:底面部 61a: Bottom surface

61b:磁心部 61b: Magnetic core part

61c:周壁部 61c: Peripheral wall

860:線圈 860: coil

862:線圈 862:Coil

864:線圈 864:Coil

866:線圈 866:Coil

868:線圈 868:Coil

870:線圈 870:Coil

872:中心軸 872:Central axis

Claims (18)

一種磁性元件,其特徵在於具有:底部磁性體;中央磁性體,該中央磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的中央;周邊部磁性體,該周邊部磁性體設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部;內部線圈,該內部線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場;以及外部線圈,該外部線圈配置在所述周邊部磁性體的外周,且能夠產生磁場,前述外部線圈係包圍前述內部線圈,且前述磁性元件具有檢測線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。 A magnetic element, characterized by having: a bottom magnetic body; a central magnetic body, the central magnetic body is arranged at the center of the bottom magnetic body; a peripheral magnetic body, the peripheral magnetic body is arranged at the periphery of the bottom magnetic body; an inner coil, the inner coil is arranged at the periphery of the central magnetic body and can generate a magnetic field; and an outer coil, the outer coil is arranged at the periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and can generate a magnetic field, the outer coil surrounds the inner coil, and the magnetic element has a detection coil, the detection coil is arranged at the periphery of the central magnetic body and can detect the magnetic field. 如請求項1所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述底部磁性體具有柱狀的形狀,所述周邊部磁性體配置在所述柱狀的形狀的兩端。 The magnetic element according to claim 1, wherein the bottom magnetic body has a columnar shape, and the peripheral magnetic bodies are arranged at both ends of the columnar shape. 如請求項1所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體在所述底部磁性體的周邊部設有複數個。 The magnetic element as described in claim 1 is characterized in that the peripheral magnetic body is provided in plurality at the peripheral portion of the bottom magnetic body. 如請求項1所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述周邊部磁性體是設於所述底部磁性體的周邊部的壁部,來包圍所述中央磁性體。 The magnetic element according to claim 1, wherein the peripheral magnetic body is a wall provided at the peripheral part of the bottom magnetic body to surround the central magnetic body. 如請求項1至4中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈能夠電並聯地連接。 The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the inner coil and the outer coil can be connected electrically in parallel. 如請求項1至4中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於所述內部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向與所述外部線圈在所述中央磁性體內產生的磁場的方向可相同。 The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized in that the direction of the magnetic field generated by the inner coil in the central magnetic body is the same as the direction of the magnetic field generated by the outer coil in the central magnetic body. Can be the same. 如請求項1至4中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有檢測線圈,該檢測線圈配置在所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。 The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, further comprising a detection coil arranged on the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and capable of detecting a magnetic field. 如請求項7所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有虛擬線圈,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周及/或所述周邊部磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。 The magnetic element according to claim 7, further comprising a dummy coil arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and/or the outer periphery of the peripheral magnetic body and capable of detecting a magnetic field. 如請求項1至4中任一項所述的磁性元件,其特徵在於具有虛擬線圈,該虛擬線圈配置在所述中央磁性體的外周,能夠檢測磁場。 The magnetic element according to any one of claims 1 to 4, characterized by having a virtual coil arranged on the outer periphery of the central magnetic body and capable of detecting a magnetic field. 一種渦電流式檢測器,其特徵在於具有請求項7至9中任一項所述的磁性元件。 An eddy current detector, characterized by having the magnetic element described in any one of claims 7 to 9. 一種研磨裝置,其特徵在於具有:研磨台,用於研磨被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如請求項10所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,藉由所述檢測線圈能夠檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流;以及終點檢測部,該終點檢測部能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點。 A grinding device, characterized by having: a grinding table, a grinding pad for grinding an object to be polished can be attached to the grinding table; a driving part capable of driving the grinding table to rotate; and a holding part capable of Hold the object to be polished and press it to the polishing pad; the eddy current detector according to claim 10, which is arranged inside the polishing table and can detect by the detection coil eddy currents formed on the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil as the grinding table rotates; and an end point detection unit capable of detecting the eddy current from the detected eddy current. The current detection indicates the polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing of the object to be polished. 如請求項11所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部從所述檢測出的所述渦電流決定所述被研磨物的研磨速率,計算在以所述研磨速率對所述被研磨物進行研磨時的預期研磨量,從而能夠檢測所述研磨終點。 The grinding device according to claim 11, wherein the end point detection unit determines the grinding rate of the object to be ground based on the detected eddy current, and calculates the grinding rate of the object to be ground at the grinding rate. The expected amount of grinding when grinding the object, so that the grinding end point can be detected. 如請求項12項所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部比較從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的資料和與從所述研磨速率預測的膜厚相關的資料,在比較的結果比指定值大的情況下,能夠不使用與從所述渦電流得到的膜厚相關的所述資料。 The polishing device according to claim 12, wherein the end point detection unit compares the data related to the film thickness obtained from the eddy current with the data related to the film thickness predicted from the polishing rate. If the result is larger than the specified value, the data related to the film thickness obtained from the eddy current need not be used. 如請求項12或13所述的研磨裝置,其特徵在於所述終點檢測部能夠從所述預期研磨量以及與對應於所述研磨終點的膜厚相關的閾值檢測所述研磨終點。 The polishing device according to claim 12 or 13, wherein the end point detection unit is capable of detecting the polishing end point from the expected polishing amount and a threshold value related to a film thickness corresponding to the polishing end point. 一種研磨方法,該研磨方法為在研磨墊和與所述研磨墊相對配置的被研磨物之間進行研磨的研磨方法,其特徵在於具有:藉由研磨台保持所述研磨墊的步驟;旋轉驅動所述研磨台的步驟;旋轉驅動用於保持所述被研磨物並往所述研磨墊按壓的保持部的步驟;在所述研磨台的內部配置如請求項10所述的渦電流式檢測器,藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流的步驟;從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點的步驟。 A polishing method for polishing between a polishing pad and an object to be polished arranged opposite to the polishing pad, characterized in that it includes: a step of holding the polishing pad with a polishing table; and a rotational drive The steps of the polishing table; the step of rotationally driving a holding portion for holding the object to be polished and pressing it against the polishing pad; and arranging the eddy current detector according to claim 10 inside the polishing table. , using the detection coil to detect the eddy current formed in the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil as the grinding table rotates; from the detected eddy current The current detection step is a step of the polishing end point indicating the completion of polishing of the object to be polished. 如請求項15所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述被研磨物的導電性發生變化時改變所述內部線圈及/或所述外部線圈產生的磁場的強度。 The polishing method according to claim 15, characterized in that the intensity of the magnetic field generated by the internal coil and/or the external coil is changed when the electrical conductivity of the object to be polished changes. 如請求項15或16所述的研磨方法,其特徵在於在所述研磨台的內部配置有複數個如請求項10所述的渦電流式檢測器,所述複數個渦電流式檢測器的檢測靈敏度互不相同。 The grinding method according to claim 15 or 16, characterized in that a plurality of eddy current detectors according to claim 10 are arranged inside the grinding table, and the detection of the plurality of eddy current detectors The sensitivities differ from each other. 一種電腦可讀取記錄媒體,該電腦可讀取記錄媒體記錄有用於使電腦作為終點檢測部手段和控制手段發揮作用的程式,所述電腦用於控制對被研磨物進行研磨的研磨裝置,所述研磨裝置具有:研磨台,用於研磨所述被研磨物的研磨墊能夠貼附於該研磨台;驅動部,該驅動部能夠驅動所述研磨台旋轉;保持部,該保持部能夠保持所述被研磨物並按壓至所述研磨墊;如請求項10所述的渦電流式檢測器,該渦電流式檢測器配置在所述研磨台的內部,能夠藉由所述檢測線圈檢測出伴隨所述研磨台的旋轉而由所述內部線圈和所述外部線圈所形成於所述被研磨物的渦電流,所述終點檢測部手段能夠從所述檢測出的所述渦電流檢測表示所述被研磨物的研磨的結束之研磨終點,所述控制手段控制由所述研磨裝置進行的研磨。 A computer-readable recording medium that records a program for causing a computer to function as an end point detection unit and a control unit for controlling a grinding device that grinds an object to be ground, so The grinding device has: a grinding table, a grinding pad for grinding the object to be polished can be attached to the grinding table; a driving part capable of driving the grinding table to rotate; and a holding part capable of holding the grinding table. The object to be polished is pressed to the polishing pad; the eddy current detector according to claim 10, which is arranged inside the polishing table and can detect the accompanying detection by the detection coil. The rotation of the polishing table causes eddy currents formed on the object to be polished by the inner coil and the outer coil, and the end point detection unit can detect and indicate the said eddy current from the detected eddy currents. The control means controls the grinding by the grinding device at the grinding end point where grinding of the object to be grinded is completed.
TW107146703A 2017-12-26 2018-12-24 Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same TWI834628B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2017-249699 2017-12-26
JP2017249699 2017-12-26
JP2018195990A JP7244250B2 (en) 2017-12-26 2018-10-17 Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using it
JP2018-195990 2018-10-17

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201932788A TW201932788A (en) 2019-08-16
TWI834628B true TWI834628B (en) 2024-03-11

Family

ID=

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150099424A1 (en) 2013-10-07 2015-04-09 Ebara Corporation Polishing method

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150099424A1 (en) 2013-10-07 2015-04-09 Ebara Corporation Polishing method

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR102560691B1 (en) Polishing apparatus and polishing method
JP7098311B2 (en) Polishing equipment and polishing method
CN110030918B (en) Magnetic element, eddy current sensor using same, polishing apparatus, polishing method, and computer-readable recording medium
KR102591906B1 (en) Polishing apparatus and polishing method
TWI826397B (en) Polishing apparatus, polishing system, substrate processing apparatus, polishing method, and program
TWI834628B (en) Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using the same
JP7244250B2 (en) Magnetic element and eddy current sensor using it